Extraterrestrials Among Us

Are aliens walking among us? there’s many stories and as always you are the judge:


There is startling evidence from a number of independent sources that ‘human looking’ extraterrestrial visitors have integrated with and lived in major population centers up until recently, and this is known by a select number of government agencies and military departments.

A range of highly classified government documents and military programs give credence to this phenomenon, as revealed by a number of whistleblowers.

Command Sergeant Major Robert Dean, for example, claims that a top secret NATO document he witnessed in 1964 described how senior political and military leaders had been visited by and interacted with ‘human looking’ extraterrestrials who could easily blend into human society. What really concerned NATO leaders, according to Dean, was that extraterrestrials could be walking in the corridors of key political and military institutions.

Aside from whistleblower testimonies, a number of private individuals claim to have encountered extraterrestrials posing as ordinary citizens in major cities around the planet.

George Adamski was the first to write about extraterrestrials secretly living among the human population. In his second non-fiction book describing his extraterrestrial contact experiences, Inside the Flying Saucers, Adamski discussed how human looking extraterrestrials had established a presence among the human population.

They apparently looked so much like us that they could get jobs, lived in neighborhoods, drove cars, and could blend in easily with the human population. Adamski wrote about how they contacted him to set up meetings that led to his famous flights aboard extraterrestrial vehicles. While controversy over Adamski’s contact experiences and his credibility continues, Adamski’s UFO sightings and contacts with extraterrestrials were supported by an impressive collection of witnesses, photographs and films that a number of independent investigators concluded were not hoaxes.[1]

Adamski’s testimony offers important insights into how extraterrestrials may be living incognito among the human population. After discussing the Adamski case and the strongest evidence supporting it, I will then discuss other contactees similarly claiming to have encountered extraterrestrials acting like ordinary citizens.

Finally, I examine a number of whistleblowers who claim to have witnessed documents or events confirming official government knowledge that extraterrestrials live among ordinary citizens.


Contact Testimonies of Extraterrestrials Among Us

Adamski’s famous Desert Center meeting with an extraterrestrial emerging from a ‘scout ship’ on November 20, 1952 was seen by six witnesses who signed affidavits confirming Adamski’s version of events in his subsequent book, The Flying Saucers have Landed (1953).

In fact, four of the witnesses immediately reported what had happened to a nearby newspaper, the Phoenix Gazette, that published a story on November 24 featuring photos and sketches.

The Desert Center encounter was among those of Adamski’s claims regarding extraterrestrial contact that, according to UFO researcher Timothy Good, were “accurately reported,” and “sensible and verifiable”.[2] Given the clear supporting evidence supporting Adamski’s first meeting with an extraterrestrial traveling in a scout craft, it is worth examining closely his alleged subsequent meetings with extraterrestrials living on Earth.

In the first chapter of Inside the Flying Saucers, Adamski recounts his meeting with two extraterrestrials while he was sitting in the lobby of a Los Angeles Hotel on February 18, 1953.

I looked at my wrist watch and saw that it said ten-thirty. The lateness of the hour, with still nothing of extraordinary significance having taken place, sent a wave of disappointment through me. And just at this moment of depression, two men approached, one of whom addressed me by name.

Both were complete strangers, but there was no hesitancy in their manner as they came forward, and nothing in their appearance to indicate that they were other than average young businessmen…. I noted that both men were well proportioned. One was slightly over six feet and looked to be in his early thirties. His complexion was ruddy, his eyes dark brown, with the kind of sparkle that suggests great enjoyment of life. His gaze was extraordinarily penetrating. His black hair waved and was cut according to our style. He wore a dark brown business suit but no hat.

The shorter man looked younger and I judged his height to be about five feet, nine inches. He had a round boyish face, a fair complexion and eyes of grayish blue. His hair, also wavy and worn in our style, was sandy in color. He was dressed in a gray suit and was also hatless. He smiled as he addressed me by name. As I acknowledged the greeting, the speaker extended his hand and when it touched mine a great joy filled me. The signal was the same as had been given by the man I had met on the desert on that memorable November 20, 1952.

(Described in the book Flying Saucers Have Landed.) [3]

Significant in Adamski’s description is how the two extraterrestrials could pass off as businessmen. Aside from a penetrating stare, nothing struck him as unusual in their appearance.

Adamski goes on to explain how he went with them in their car to travel to a remote desert location:

Together we left the lobby, I walking between them. About a block north of the hotel, they turned into a parking lot where they had a car waiting. They had not spoken during this short time, yet inwardly I knew that these men were true friends.

I felt no urge to ask where they proposed to take me, nor did it seem odd that they had volunteered no information. An attendant brought the car around, and the younger man slid into the driver’s seat, motioning me to get in beside him.

Our other companion also sat with us on the front seat. The car was a four-door black Pontiac sedan. The man who had taken the wheel seemed to know exactly where he was going and drove skillfully. I am not familiar with all the new highways leading out of Los Angeles, so I had no idea in which direction we were headed.

We rode in silence and I remained entirely content to wait for my companions to identify themselves and explain the reason for our meeting. [4]

What’s significant here is that the two extraterrestrials possessed a car and knew how to navigate on the newly completed Los Angeles highway system. This is no mean feat and suggests that the extraterrestrials had taken the time to learn the road traffic rules and how to navigate through Los Angeles.

The next passage is quite remarkable for the information Adamski reveals:

Lights and dwellings thinned as we left the outskirts of the city. The taller man spoke for the first time as he said,

“You have been very patient. We know how much you are wondering who we are and where we are taking you.”

I acknowledged that of course I had been wondering, but added that I was entirely content to wait for this information until they chose to give it to me. The speaker smiled and indicated the driver.

“He is from the planet you call Mars. I am from the one you call Saturn.”

His voice was soft and pleasant and his English perfect. I had noticed that the younger man also spoke softly, although his voice was pitched higher. I found myself wondering how and where they had learned to speak our language so well. [5]

What’s interesting here is Adamski’s observation that the two extraterrestrials could speak the English language so well without any hint of an accent. What follows in the next passage is truly remarkable insofar as it reveals the true extent to which extraterrestrials have merged with the ordinary human population.

As the thought passed through my mind, it was immediately recognized. The Martian now spoke for the first time since our meeting in the hotel.

“We are what you on Earth might call ‘Contact men.’ We live and work here, because, as you know, it is necessary on Earth to earn money with which to buy clothing, food, and the many things that people must have. We have lived on your planet now for several years. At first we did have a slight accent. But that has been overcome and, as you can see, we are unrecognized as other than Earth men.“

At our work and in our leisure time we mingle with people here on Earth, never betraying the secret that we are inhabitants of other worlds. That would be dangerous, as you well know. We understand you people better than most of you know yourselves and can plainly see the reasons for many of the unhappy conditions that surround you. [6]

This passage is most significant since it describes how the extraterrestrials have spent years living on Earth, learning the language, getting jobs and mixing with the human population.

Furthermore, it appears as though extraterrestrials living among the human population may work in pairs, a kind of buddy system that would make sense in terms of ensuring safety and communications with the home world if an emergency ever occurred.

If Adamski is accurate in his recollections and the extraterrestrials are telling the truth, then it would appear that there could be a significant number of extraterrestrials who are living incognito among the normal population in many if not most major cities on the planet. Upon examining other contactee cases and the testimonies of whistleblowers, it does appear as though this is indeed the case.

Adamski was not the only one of the contactees claiming that extraterrestrials were blending in with the human population.

Howard Menger also claimed to have been contacted by extraterrestrials posing as ordinary human citizens while he was training to be a spokesperson for the space brothers. In one case, the extraterrestrial was posing as a real estate salesperson and asked Menger to accompany him in one of the extraterrestrial’s car where he was taken to a new contact location to meet at appointed times with the space brothers’ ships.

Menger describes the incident as follows:

In the fall of 1947, a young man, neatly dressed in fall clothing, entered the shop. Though he said he was a real estate man, there was something odd about him. And he didn’t act like other extroverted, back slapping real estate men I knew…. He told me he was thinking of putting up some “For Sale” signs near a place called Pleasant Grove, about eight miles from the shop, and would like some advice…. I agreed to go with him.

He did not introduce me to a young lady waiting in the car… Halfway there the conversation fell off and there was silence. Very abruptly the man changed the subject.

“Howard, we know you are keeping your contacts with our brothers a secret as you have been instructed.”

I didn’t know if I should feign surprise or not since I had detected something unusual from the beginning… “Oh, you ARE …” and I chuckled. He simply came out with a wide grin, and drove a few hundred yards without speaking further. “You see, Howard, I have been taught much of real estate, but little of acting.” [7]

Menger’s extraterrestrial friends went on to describe a secret location where he would later rendezvous with the extraterrestrial vehicles at appointed times. Menger’s contact experiences and UFO sightings are supported by independent witnesses, photographs, film and even scientific analysis of an alleged potato.

Timothy Good conducted a thorough investigation of Menger and concluded that some of his extraterrestrial contact experiences and photographs/films were genuine.[8]

It is the manner by which Menger was contacted in 1947 that alerts us to the presence of extraterrestrials blending in with the human population. The extraterrestrial had learned about the real estate trade, was driving an ordinary car, and was accompanied by a female. Both extraterrestrials had assumed the identities of real estate agents and could in that way evade detection while learning much about human society.

Again, as in the case of Adamski’s two extraterrestrials, they worked as a pair suggesting a buddy system.

At one of Howard Menger’s ‘conventions’ at his home in April 1957, three visitors from Venus were allegedly photographed.

Several of the photos were given to Dr Frank Stranges who showed the photos at his UFO lectures. At one of these lectures in December 1959, Dr Stranges claims that he was approached by a Pentagon official who offered him the chance to meet with one of the Venusians.

(picture) Valient Thor on the right

Dr Stranges then describes elaborate security procedures he had to undergo, and his subsequent meeting with Valiant Thor at the Pentagon for thirty minutes. Thor was apparently a guest of the US government for three years, and regularly met with senior officials including President Eisenhower and Vice President Nixon.

Dr Stranges claims he was told never to reveal what had happened. Nevertheless, he eventually wrote a book about his encounter, Stranger at the Pentagon (1967).

In his book and subsequent interviews, he describes the messages of world peace and spirituality delivered to him and senior US officials by Thor.

Predictability, Stranges’ claims were greeted with widespread ridicule from UFO researchers given the lack of evidence that such a meeting had occurred. Yet Dr Stranges’ background in law enforcement, his educational credentials and his prominence as an evangelical theologian all point to an individual with impeccable integrity who would not fabricate such a hoax.

If Dr Stranges’ credentials and integrity are accepted, then it appears that the Pentagon housed a visitor from Venus for three years who allegedly was able to meet with senior officials and was able to travel to UFO conventions such as the Mengers. It may be concluded that Valiant Thor (and his associates) was able to interact with a range of private citizens during his three year stay, these interactions were closely monitored by intelligence agencies, and individuals were sworn to secrecy.

Another contactee who claimed to have met with extraterrestrials, posing as an ordinary civilian, involves the case of a tenured professor in the medical school at the University of Mexico, who was also a senior member of the Mexican Atomic Energy Commission. The Professor used the pseudonym of ‘Prof Hernandez’ and worked with a Mexican journalist, Zitha Rodriguez to release his amazing story.[9]

He discussed how a very attractive extraterrestrial female, Elyense (dubbed ‘Lya’ by the Professor), from the constellation Andromeda posed as a student and visited him in his lecture classroom on several occasions from 1972-1974. After realizing that she wasn’t one of his students, he eventually confronted her, and asked why she was coming to his lectures.

After having several conversations where she displayed remarkable knowledge of physics as well as paranormal abilities, Hernandez was eventually told by Lya that she was from another world. After further meetings in 1975, she eventually persuaded him to join her as a co-pilot in her space vehicle.

This how Hernandez described the incident on 22 April 1975 in his diary:

I had gone to participate in a conference on the theme of effective neutralizers for anesthesia. That afternoon I felt particularly exhausted… As I headed for the parking lot, I scarcely imagined that Lya was waiting for me in the car…

“Hello,” she said in greeting… “Are you in much of a hurry?”

”No, it is only that I want to rest,” I said. “Would you like to go on a mission as a copilot?” …

“Today has been an especially tiring day…. Couldn’t this be another day?” I asked, almost pleading.

“It is important, I cannot assure you that you will have another opportunity like this….”

“Very well… ” I said as I locked the door, “if it is not too far, I accept….” [10]

At this point, Hernandez drove his car to a remote location directed by Lya.

He then goes on to describe how they proceeded to enter Lya’s space vehicle and left the Earth’s atmosphere.

A round object of more or less three meters diameter was some meters in front of us.

Lya took out an apparatus of metal that was like a small box of cigarettes and pressed a button. At that moment the door of that ship opened itself from below, and we went through into the interior by means of a small ladder…

She touched a small lever with various buttons and pressed one.. The ship silently rose into the air…. The Earth withdrew more and more, and thus I could contemplate the night, the stars and alter dozens of satellites of all types orbiting the Earth.[11]

Hernandez story was investigated by Lt Col Wendelle Stevens who corresponded with Zitha Rodriquez. Stevens found many similarities with other contactee cases even though Hernandez could not have known of these. He decided to translate Rodriquez book of Hernandez experiences and eventually concluded that Hernandez was credible.

As in the Adamski and Menger cases, Hernandez reveals that his extraterrestrial contact could easily blend into the Mexican population. In contrast to the Adamski and Menger cases, Lya was alone and did not appear to have a buddy. While she did not own a car, she knew how to navigate Mexico City’s road system to ensure that Hernandez could reach the destination of her flying vehicle.

Her ability to meet with Hernandez in city locations and knowledge of how to travel to rural areas, again suggests familiarity with the location and customs of the native population.

It is not only contactees that have discussed extraterrestrials living among us, there are also the testimonies of highly credible whistleblowers who make similar claims.


Whistleblower Testimonies of Extraterrestrials Living Among Us

Contactee claims that extraterrestrials were living among us received a significant boost by the whistleblower testimony of Command Sergeant Major Robert Dean. Dean worked at NATO’s Supreme Headquarters from 1963-1967, and during this time was stationed in the Operations Center with a Cosmic Top Secret clearance. He claims to have viewed a secret NATO study that was commissioned to analyze the threat posed by UFOs to NATO operations in Eastern Europe.

The classified report was titled: “An Assessment: An Evaluation of a Possible Military threat to Allied Forces in Europe.”

It focused on the dangers of UFOs being mistakenly identified as an incoming ballistic missile attack from the Soviet Union. Dean claimed that the NATO study identified four different extraterrestrial civilizations visiting the Earth.

He said that what really worried the NATO top brass was that some of the visitors looked so much like us that they were virtually indistinguishable. Dean says that NATO generals were paranoid over the possibility that some of the extraterrestrial visitors could be walking in the corridors of NATO or the Pentagon, or even the White House itself.

(picture) Robert Dean

In an interview he said:

There was a human group that looked so much like us that that really drove the admirals and the generals crazy because they determined that these people, and they had seen them repeatedly, they had had contact with them…. These people looked so much like us they could sit next to you on a plane or in a restaurant and you’d never know the difference.

And being military and being primarily paranoid, that bothered the generals and the admirals a little bit. That the fact that these intelligent entities could be involved with us, walking up and down the corridors of SHAPE, walking down the corridors of the Pentagon.

My God, it even dawned on a couple of them that these guys could even be in the White House! Of course, as I said, being paranoid in those years it really shook things up a little bit.[12]

Dean’s testimony is a vital key in unlocking the truth of extraterrestrials living among the human population.

His testimony conclusively demonstrates that official military and government agencies are aware of this possibility, and in fact would undoubtedly have been developing strategies for such a contingency.

While NATO viewed extraterrestrials living among us in the context of a classified Study assessing UFOs as a potential security threat, based on contactee testimonies, it appears that the extraterrestrial visitors are blending in to learn about the human population. In addition to learning about human values and civilization, it appears that the visitors were conducting a low key education effort to promote awareness of their presence to a limited number of individual ‘contactees’.

Another important whistleblower case confirming the existence of extraterrestrials living among us is that of Ingo Swann. Swann was the first psychic employed in the CIA’s remote viewing program that began in 1975: Project Star Gate. Swann’s successive rate was so impressive that by 1975 he was recruited by a covert government operative, “Mr Axelrod” to spy on extraterrestrials.

Swann remote viewed extraterrestrials on the moon who had bases on the dark side. In later interviews and in his book, Penetration, Swann claimed that he viewed various structures on the surface and observed extraterrestrials near them who were able to breath unaided, thereby suggesting an atmosphere on the moon.[13] Swann’s remote viewing was confirmed by Axelrod who sent Swan a book by George Leonard describing similar structures he viewed on the moon using photographic analysis of NASA images.[14]

The success of Swann and Project Star Gate in delivering accurate remote viewing data to intelligence agencies quickly led to military agencies asking Swann to develop the necessary protocol for training military remote viewers.[15] Swann’s involvement with the covert activities of “Mr Axelrod” provides valuable evidence on extraterrestrials living among us.

In one incident, Swan describes how he was taken by Axelrod to a remote location, thought to be Alaska, where they traveled to a lake to view UFO activity. The goal was for Swann to psychically gain information on what the extraterrestrials were doing at what appeared to be a secret UFO base. Swann described in detail an incident involving a UFO coming out of a lake, drawing in some of the lake’s water, and expanding in size from a tiny spot into a large triangular vehicle.

He passed on the psychic information to Axelrod before they quickly left the area in order to escape detection by the UFO. What is most remarkable in Swann’s testimony about his covert work for Axelrod is a supermarket incident where he encountered a strikingly attractive female who he psychically intuited was extraterrestrial.

Swann claims that he was shopping in a Los Angeles supermarket when he noticed a very attractive, scantily clad female. He claims that his body physically began buzzing as he viewed her out of the corner of his eyes and intuitively received information that she was an extraterrestrial. At first dismissing the idea, he got independent confirmation of her extraterrestrial identity by observing her being followed by two of Mr Axelrod’s operatives, also in the supermarket.

Frightened by the presence of Axelrod’s operatives Swann quickly exited the venue due to his fear of what might happen. Final confirmation that the female was extraterrestrial followed not long afterward when Axelrod phoned Swann to discuss whether the extraterrestrial female had telepathically communicated with him.

Axelrod had been told by his two operatives that Swann had been in the presence of the extraterrestrial and had possibly communicated with her. Axelrod was very worried about this possibility and Swann assured him that no telepathic communication had occurred.

Investigative reporter Garry Bekkum describes what happened:

The renewed phone contact by Axelrod was far from ordinary. First Swann received a mysterious phone call from a female operative, directing him to a different phone.

The call ended in dead silence, suggesting that the phone line had been cut and spliced into. Once he reached the designated phone, Swann engaged in a scrambled conversation with Axelrod, asking about the strange sexy woman in the supermarket. Axelrod warned, “I feel obliged to tell you that she is really dangerous.”

Apparently Swann believed that Axelrod’s warning had confirmed his worst fear. Not only were extraterrestrials on the moon, but they had operatives here on Earth, among the ordinary people. If Axelrod was to be believed, they were to be avoided at all possible cost.[16]

Axelrod’s efforts to monitor the extraterrestrial female, his concern about Swann being in telepathic communication with her, and his warning that she was dangerous suggested that Axelrod’s efforts were part of an official policy to prevent any ordinary civilians from fraternizing with extraterrestrials.

The above supermarket episode helps confirm the testimonies of Dean, Adamski, Menger and Hernandez that extraterrestrials are living among the human population. While they generally appear to be very attractive, they can blend in without standing out too much. Nevertheless, it does appear that they can be identified by shadow government agencies who apparently attempt to monitor the activities of extraterrestrials living among us.

The Swan episode demonstrates that not only are extraterrestrials blending in with the general population, but covert government agencies go to great effort to monitor extraterrestrials, and to deter private citizens from interacting with extraterrestrials.

Another noteworthy aspect to Swann’s encounter with an extraterrestrial is that she was followed by two of Axelrod’s covert operatives. This helps confirm that extraterrestrials blending in with the general population are monitored by covert personnel who are drawn from various special forces units in the military and intelligence services.

Another whistleblower case that helps illustrate the use of special forces for such monitoring work is testimony from an alleged former member of Britain’s elite Special Boat Service who claims that during his employment he had to arrest two females that he believed were extraterrestrials.

This is what he said according to a third party recalling his testimony at a confidential gathering of UFO researchers:

He claimed that he was once in the S.B.S., or the ‘Special Boat Service’, which is a lesser known special intelligence service like the S.A.S. within the United Kingdom. He was told to travel to the London Underground, to South Kensington tube station if memory serves me correctly. When he boarded a train, the supervisor with him pointed out two women on the train that he was ordered to take away.

These females were tall, blonde and blue eyed, and had the appearance of twins. He described them as having quite high foreheads, and that they were the most beautiful women he had seen, with perfect physiques. He described how everyone else on the train seemed to be in a trance, and reacted to the abduction of two people from a public train, with complete indifference. He had not been told why they were being abducted, and was concerned for their safety. As he took them away he said that they conveyed a feeling of peace towards him.

The man had been concerned that he may have been indirectly responsible for bringing these two women into harms way. It was after about a week or two that he was sitting in a restaurant in Canary Wharf London, when one the two women that he had abducted, came over to his table and smiled at him, and generally conveyed that they were safe to him and that there was no need to worry.[17]

The above incident provides a valuable example of how extraterrestrials living among us are monitored by various branches of the intelligence community, including special forces personnel. It appears as though such extraterrestrials can be taken into custody to gain intelligence of their activities and subsequently released.

Such a policy suggests that responsible government authorities have determined that while extraterrestrials themselves don’t pose a national security threat, it is the unauthorized disclosure of their presence which would constitute a national security threat.

The behavior and concern of one of the women, who reassured the intelligence operative responsible for arresting her that she was safe, helps illustrate the benign nature of the extraterrestrials living among us and how they don’t directly pose a national security threat.

Axelrod’s concern over the extraterrestrial female’s having made contact with Swann suggests that extraterrestrials are presumably under instructions not to disclose their true origins to private citizens. Furthermore, Axelrod’s ‘extreme concern’ that Swann had made telepathic contact, indicates that any individuals who uncovers the actual identities of extraterrestrials could be taken into custody for debriefing or further action.

It is therefore worth discussing the importance of the government laws and regulations dealing with citizens having unauthorized contact with extraterrestrials.


Extraterrestrial Exposure Law

In 1969, NASA passed a federal regulation dealing with “Extra-terrestrial Exposure”. The Extraterrestrial Exposure law offers a legal precedent for the detention and indefinite imprisonment of any individual who comes into contact with extraterrestrials.[18]

The most relevant passages concern the power of NASA administrator or his/her designee to:

Determine that a particular person, property, animal, or other form of life or matter, whatever is extra-terrestrially exposed and quarantine such person, property, animal, or other form of life or matter whatever.

The quarantine may be based only on a determination, with or without the benefit of a hearing, that there is probable cause to believe that such person, property, animal or other form of life or matter whatever is extra-terrestrially exposed.[19]

Most disturbing about this federal regulation was that such detention could not be appealed and due legal process, could be denied to citizens on the basis of “probable cause” that they have been extraterrestrially exposed.

Given that the general public and elected representatives are not aware of an extraterrestrial presence, this NASA regulation gives a green light to practices and decisions concerning extraterrestrial exposure that are not subject to congressional oversight or media scrutiny.

While the Extraterrestrial Exposure law was “officially removed” and placed on reserve status in 1991, it nevertheless creates a precedent that the legal counsel of any government agency or military department could cite for possible enforcement against individuals who have extraterrestrial contact.

NASA’s regulation, and similar laws or regulations in other countries, provide a powerful means of silencing individuals who come into contact with extraterrestrials who have merged into the general population.

Essentially, anyone encountering such extraterrestrials could be subjected to indefinite detention without any legal protection. This would not only deter individuals from disclosing such interactions with extraterrestrials, but would also help deter extraterrestrials from disclosing their origins to ordinary citizens.

Laws and regulations passed in the United States and elsewhere can be used as legal means of coercing private citizens who discover the true identity of extraterrestrials living among us. Accepting evidence that extraterrestrials are closely monitored and covert agencies are responsible for ensuring that such information does not get into the public domain, the conclusion is that private citizens are at great risk if they make contact and government agencies which wish to suppress this.

Private citizens can be denied their constitutional rights despite such laws or regulations prohibiting unauthorized contact with extraterrestrials being withdrawn and placed on reserve status.



The evidence provided above in terms of the testimonies of different contactees and whistleblowers suggest that extraterrestrial visitors who are virtually indistinguishable from humans are living among us.

These extraterrestrial visitors appear to have very attractive physical characteristics, extraterrestrial females being described as among the most beautiful women that male observers have witnessed.

The extraterrestrials go to great trouble in learning the indigenous language of the culture they are immersed in, learning how to drive and navigate on highways systems, and taking innocuous jobs over several years. The fact that these extraterrestrials visitors are monitored and even taken into custody before being released suggests that a vast covert monitoring system is in place.

Extraterrestrials living among us appear to be operating in a manner similar to a celestial peace corps where they try to blend in. They presumably wish to learn about Earth culture and behavior; and to, perhaps, assist in passing on information to selected individuals. The fact that these extraterrestrials are monitored rather than immediately taken into permanent custody suggests that decisions have been taken by responsible government agencies to tolerate such an extraterrestrials presence.

The case involving Valiant Thor suggests that the monitoring system created extends even to such visitors being given VIP status and allowed to regularly meet with senior officials. Consequently, it can be concluded that such extraterrestrials do not directly pose a national security threat, though knowledge of their origin is deemed to be a national security threat where individuals are sworn to secrecy.

This would account for the great difficulty in gaining information about extraterrestrials that have merged with the general population given the very high security classification attached to this phenomenon.

As far as national laws and regulations concerning “extraterrestrial exposure” are concerned, the only means to ensure that private citizens are protected if they do encounter extraterrestrials, is to have the right to interact with extraterrestrials formally recognized.

While there is growing awareness of the need to have such a right recognized based on eventual government disclosure of UFO’s as extraterrestrial in origin, it may require concerted public action to ensure this right. Some progress to this end has occurred with the issuing of a “Declaration on Promoting Peaceful Relations with Extraterrestrials” that explicitly refers to such a right, and was adopted at a conference in Hawaii on June 11, 2005.[20]

The third article of the Declaration states that signatories and supporters:

“Affirm the natural right of all citizens to have open contact with representatives of extraterrestrial civilizations in all cases, and to engage in non-official diplomacy.”

Another initiative provides a draft bill for an Extraterrestrial Contact Act to be passed in the US Congress that would protect citizens experiencing extraterrestrial exposure.[21]

It is likely that similar bills will eventually be presented in most national parliaments.

The fact that a number of extraterrestrials have chosen to blend in with the general population will come as a great surprise to many still unsure about the reality of the UFO phenomenon and the extraterrestrial hypothesis. Even more startling is the possibility that extraterrestrial visitors are given VIP status and have met with senior officials in the US.

The presence of extraterrestrial visitors quietly learning about human languages, culture, politics and science will give to many, great reassurance that humanity is being quietly assisted in preparing for a future of open contact with extraterrestrials.

For many others, the opportunity to discover extraterrestrials living among us will motivate individuals to quietly explore this possibility with friends or acquaintances whose behavior may be a clue to an other worldly origin.



[1] An impartial assessment of the Adamski case is provided by Lou Zinsstag and Timothy Good in George Adamski – The Untold Story (Ceti Publications, 1983).

[2] Timothy Good, Alien Base: The Evidence for Extraterrestrial Colonization of Earth (Avon Books, 1998) 154-55.

[3] Cited from an online version of Inside the Flying Saucers at: http://www.rr0.org/Documents/Livres/Adamski/1955_InsideTheSpaceShips/chap01.html

[4] Cited from an online version of Inside the Flying Saucers at: http://www.rr0.org/Documents/Livres/Adamski/1955_InsideTheSpaceShips/chap01.html

[5] Cited from an online version of Inside the Flying Saucers at: http://www.rr0.org/Documents/Livres/Adamski/1955_InsideTheSpaceShips/chap01.html

[6] Cited from an online version of Inside the Flying Saucers at: http://www.rr0.org/Documents/Livres/Adamski/1955_InsideTheSpaceShips/chap01.html

[7] Howard Menger, From Outer Space (Pyramid Books, , [1959] 1974) 49-50.

[8] Timothy Good, Alien Base, 194-95.

[9] For an online summary of his case go to: http://www.beyond-the-illusion.com/files/New-Files/20000430/elyense_extraterrestial.txt and for a chapter from his book go to: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/exopolitics/message/213

[10] Zitha Rodriquez Montiel & R.N. Hernandez, UFO Contact from Andromeda, ch. 3 republished in Ultimate UFO Series: Andromeda, ed., Robert Shapiro, 2004, 193-95

[11] Zitha Rodriquez Montiel & R.N. Hernandez, UFO Contact from Andromeda, ch. 3 republished in Ultimate UFO Series: Andromeda, ed., Robert Shapiro, 2004, 193-95

[12] Bob Hieronimus, “Transcript of Interview with Bob Dean, March 24, 1996

[13] Ingo Swann, Penetration: The Question of Extraterrestrial and Human Telepathy (Ingo Swann Books, 1999) and Interview on Dr Bob Hieronimus, 28 February, 1999.

[14] Leonard, Somebody Else is On the Moon (1977).

[15] See Gary Bekkum, “To the Moon and Back, With Love,” Aug 3, 2006

[16] Garry Bekkum, “To the Moon and Back, With Love,” August 3, 2006

[17] Story was described by David Hughes Narborough who posted it on an online public forum, http://groups.yahoo.com/group/prepare4contact/message/4624

[18] For online information on the Extraterrestrial Exposure Law go to: http://www.abovetopsecret.com/pages/etlaw.html and http://groups.yahoo.com/group/exopolitics/message/187

[19] Title 14 National Aeronautics and Space section 1211.102 A3

[20] For more information go to: http://www.etworldpeace.com

[21] Go to: http://www.contactact.org/eca_bill.htm


Time Experiment Thoughts

Here’s some ideas and concepts considering about time travel and experiments with it:

Image Source

Time Travel

by Igor Jovic

It is the general belief that UFOs and aliens originate from distant star systems and galaxies, and that they travel to the Earth using superior technology. This theory is vastly accepted because we don’t have such technology, and so we automatically believe that such objects must be driven by superior races from other planets.

However, in my mind, this theory has fundamental flaws and inconsistencies which are outlined below:

1. Such flying objects have been seen in all shapes, sizes, and colors. It’s as if the aliens can’t make up their mind on which kind of vehicles to use. The traditional shape is the flat disk flying saucer. Other shapes include cigars, spheres, pyramids, triangles, and many other shapes. They have been reported in many colors such as silver, white, orange, red, black and others. The question here is this; if these objects come from distant stars, then why are the aliens using so much versatility? Or are we being visited by several species of aliens all of which use a different technology? If so why do their ships all look different, while the beings inside all look the same?

2. If these aliens are from distant stars then they must be very advanced. Why would such advanced beings visit the Earth for millennia and continue study us? Surely their advanced technology would allow them to collect what they need in only a short time. Why do they keep coming? And what could possibly interest them so much to keep them here for thousands of years?

3. Why don’t they make contact with us? It has been suggested that contact with aliens would be the downfall of religion, and would provoke unprecedented disturbances in our societies. Contact with superior alien beings could only help mankind in every way. We would not need to turn our back on religion, nor would we run in panic. This is because such advanced beings would know exactly how to introduce themselves, and how to assure us that we can only profit and learn from them. So why are they hiding from us, and at the same time showing themselves just enough?These are the basic problems I have with the alien race theory. And as we evolve and develop, we’ll find it more and more difficult believing that UFOs visit the Earth from distant stars.

This is not to say that alien races do not exist, on the contrary, I indeed believe that the stars are full of advanced civilizations, and that one day we’ll make contact with them.


So what are UFOs?

I believe UFOs are man-made time machines, driven by human beings which have evolved into what we call aliens.

They come from our distant future, and they use these vehicles to travel to their past. When we look at UFOs and the “aliens” who drive them, we’re actually seeing how evolution is going to change mankind, and we are seeing what technology mankind will one day posses.

Remember that in the future mankind will have technology which is far superior to anything we can possibly imagine today. It’s highly feasible that in the distant future we’ll even learn to control time. In fact, Albert Einstein’s Theory of Relativity suggests that time distorts if an object travels at great speeds (faster than the speed of light).

Experiments have been conducted in this area and they indicate that the Relativity Theory is correct. Once we have time travel under control, where will we go? I think the first thing we’ll do is travel back through Earth’s history. We’ll have the technology to travel to any point in time, we might for example, want to see who actually built the pyramids, and what happened to Atlantis.

But what will mankind look like in 500.000 years? Will we be exactly like we are now? Or will our bodies evolve to accommodate the drastic changes our high-tech future is bringing us.

It’s likely that we’ll look exactly like reported aliens; long skinny arms and legs, large brainy heads, and pigment-free skin. If you compare the look of our distant relatives who lived in caves, to modern man, and then project this trend, then you’ll recognize that we’re going to get thinner, weaker, and smarter. We will indeed look like aliens in the distant future.

This theory has major advantages over others:

1. UFOs are seen in all varieties because they all originate from a different point in future time, so each type originates from a specific technological point in time.

The saucer shaped UFOs might be from the 22 Century, the cigars from the 23 Century, the spheres from the 24 Century, etc. We see various kinds of objects originating from various points in man’s future.

One could compare this to the advancing developments in the automobile industry – each technological revolution has created a different looking automobile because the design must accommodate the technology and advancing ergonomics.

2. The time travelers don’t make contact because that would distort the time continuum, and could cause time to split. The outcome of a major time split could be devastating and very difficult to “clean up.” So it might be best for all not to make contact, and that’s probably why they don’t.

All this is based on one simple logic; if time travel will ever be possible then the result will be someone actually doing it.

This means that if they travel back in time we will see them in our time (if they do not hide from us). And that’s exactly the point – they might have technology to travel back in time but not to be invisible, or at least on the first attempts. And I believe they will have to travel in some sort of vehicle.

So the end result is extremely advanced human beings appearing in some kind of vehicle – and to me this completely explains UFOs and “aliens”


Other Theories

This leads me to “deja vous,” a feeling many people experience from time to time which is described as “A feeling that I have already relived this moment”.

This could in fact be the result of a local time split. We don’t actually relive a moment – instead, it’s two realities running parallel but slightly unsynchronized. For a moment, everything around you exists twice, the original reality, and distorted reality which is slightly different due to a time split.

Many time splits may be caused by time travelers contaminating and slightly changing events. And I believe they poses technology which prevents things from getting out of control – a sort of vacuum cleaner for time. However, time splits are unavoidable and they might be responsible for many unsolved mysteries such as deja vous and things “disappearing” like in the Bermuda triangle area. Many of the documented unexplainable mysteries might be the result of time splits.

Much has been written about the paradoxes of time travel, and I would like to give some of my views on the subject. Paradoxes exists because we don’t (yet) have the capacity to really understand the concept of how time actually works. To be able to understand time, we need to look at the Universe in a totally different light – I mean in a completely different way.

I believe the biggest error many of us are making is believing that time is linear (a start, a middle, and an end). I don’t believe this is the case at all. I believe time (as we understand it) does not exist at all – all events that have ever happened and ever will all happen at the same time! It’s our perception of time that makes us think otherwise.

Imagine for a moment a piece of music on a CD. We listen to the music in a linear way (from start to end), but the music is indeed stored on the media in a nonlinear way, and all the digital information on the CD exists at the same time and there is no beginning and no end. Our perception (the CD player) “serves” the music bit by bit. It is quite feasible that time conceptually works in exactly the same manner.

I’m afraid that traveling through a traditional linear time model would be very difficult to achieve. The reason is that time presented in such a way is nothing more than the matter of the Universe arranged in a certain way at a certain moment, and to travel through such time one would have to rearrange the matter to reflect a specific point in time.

Whereas the nonlinear approach does not involve matter at all. Additionally, the nonlinear approach completely does away with questions like “when did time start,” and “how can it continue forever” – time simply exists all at the same time.

But it may well be that the Universe is also nonlinear, and it’s only our perception that gives us a feeling of space depth.

If the two systems (space and time) are both nonlinear, then to me, that explains almost all of the mysteries of existence – everything we experience including time and space is nothing more than a perception of something that in reality is quite simple.


Questionable Assumptions

by Kalen Craig

Kalen Craig was a physical science technician, employed for 30 years at the Naval Research Laboratory in Washington D.C.

He worked mostly on wave propagation, and radio and radar astronomy projects. But as you will see if you check out his web site “kalenuniverse.com”; He has many advanced theories on the leading edge of science.

These are some of the concepts that astrophysicists often make that we say are not necessarily so.

Do not be surprised if most of the concepts on this list are ideas you believed to be correct.

  1. The ether, as a medium for light and gravity waves, does not exist.
  2. The universe is expanding; and it started expanding as a Big Bang, from a point some 12 to 20 billion years ago.
  3. About 90 percent of the mass of the universe exists as some form of unseen exotic dark matter.
  4. Nothing, not even information, can move faster than light.
  5. A photon is a small wave packet particle that moves from source to sink along one path.
  6. Planck’s constant h, represents the smallest quantum unit or particle.
  7. All matter is attractive, so that , the earth would attract a neutral antimatter mass.
  8. Quantum mechanical weirdness can not be explained in terms of conventional logic.
  9. The illusive Higgs particle is difficult to detect, because it has too much energy or mass.
  10. A singularity is said to exist at the center of a black hole. At a singularity physics fails. So, one is thought to have existed to justify the Big Bang!
  11. A force (appearing as action at a distance) would be due to the exchange of quantum messenger particles.

The above is a rather comprehensive list. If one or more of these common assumptions are wrong; then the world of physics is in for a big surprise.

The authors have questioned all of these beliefs for a number of years. Kalen and his brother Eugene have recently published a book and a web site “kalenuniverse.com” explaining much of our reasoning.

We will include some of our ideas in this report, and hope that it will whet the appetite and curiosity of the reader.



The idea of an all prevalent ether was accepted by most everyone until Einstein proved that gravity could be described in terms of curved 4-dimensional space-time. By viewing space-time as curved one does not need to assume that space is an ether that accommodates electromagnetic and gravitational waves. A moving mass or photon would just follow the curvature of space. No force is required.

However, not needing something does not prove that it does not exist.

Space curvature in general relativity is thought to be generated by the presence of mass. Why this should be is not considered. However, if space acceleration generates gravity and the convergence of space toward a point generates inertia, then one can incorporate space acceleration into general relativity; instead of assuming the presence of matter. Thus space acceleration is mathematically equivalent to space curvature.

The acceleration of gravity is directed down into the earth. One must ask, where would such a flow of ether go?

Super string theorists have recently proposed that tiny black holes exist at the centers of all mass particles. These holes could carry away the ether flow.

For over ten years the authors have assumed that such black holes exist inside of mass particles. We are pleased to find that others are beginning to see things our way.

We therefore, assume that space is an ether like fluid or medium that flows and accelerates toward mass.



Space expansion seems obvious because of the observed cosmic red shift of light from distant sources. Even if we assume that space is expanding, extrapolating the apparent expansion back to a beginning point and assuming a fantastic explosion from nothing called the Big Bang is a bit much.

We point out that if the time dimension is decreasing (time slowing) the observed red shift would occur without space expansion. The assumption of time slowing is logically equivalent to assuming that space is expanding.

Professor William DeSitter was probably the first to propose a time slowing model of the universe. In 1917 he modified Einstein’s model by assuming hyperbolic rather than spherical space-time. He suggested that this would slow time and produce an apparently expanding universe. He did this before the cosmic redshift was discovered.

We, of course, adopted the Einstein-DeSitter model by assuming a toroidal space-time. Our toroid is a closed form of hyperbolic space-time, which allows time to oscillate between two limits rather than go to infinity or start from a Big Bang singularity point.


The conclusion that much of the mass of the universe is some type of exotic dark matter, is largely based upon the assumption that all gravitational forces are attractions. If, as we assume, half of the matter in the universe is antimatter, that is segregated from matter because matter repels antimatter; then one would have to rethink the missing matter problem.

We expect that, in the near future, experimenters will announce that the earth repels antimatter, because they will have observed that slow moving neutral antimatter atoms fall up.

Incidentally, a repulsion between matter and antimatter galaxies would generate and exonerate Einstein’s controversial cosmological constant.


It is conceded by many cosmologists that the concept of wormholes would permit the instantaneous transfer of matter or information from one place to another in this universe or even to another universe.

Wormhole (Schwarzschild) solutions of gravity equations for black holes were discovered by Einstein, Oppenheimer, Wheeler and others. But the reality of wormhole tunnels was only recently taken seriously by most authorities.

Black holes pull mass objects into themselves at velocity c. At velocity c, according to special relativity, time stops.

Time can be defined by (or as) motion or change.

Our #2 postulate is that: any time—time stops (either by zero motion or by velocity c motion) a wormhole opens. It is thought that a velocity c (black) wormhole can transfer mass and information to another universe. We postulate that a zero motion wormhole can transfer mass and information (space) to another location in this universe.


Photons appear to expand radially through a vacuum. After a short or a long time a very large wave front would arrive at the target area. A very strange thing then happens! All the energy of the photon group of wave cycles instantly converges upon a receptive particle (electron). This is called the collapse of the wave equation.

How can all the energy of this group of very large wave cycles instantly converge upon one point?

In order to avoid this apparent absurdity it is usually assumed that a photon particle is not compounded from large waves but rather only exists as a group of small waves called a wave packet. If so, it does not expand radially as a wave process. Instead as a small wave packet particle it would follow one path to the target electron. In this case the wave equation for the photon is thought to be an imaginary concept that does not actually exist, but even so the imaginary peak amplitudes of the waves can be calculated and used to predict where the actual photon particle will land.

However, experiments such as the double or multiple slit experiment, indicate that a photon can simultaneously go through multiple paths to a target. In order to do this it must move (expand) as a wave process not move as a particle.

Our explanation is that Maxwell’s electromagnetic equations have two solutions. One for ordinary wave motion called retarded potentials. The waves are first emitted then received. The other is a mysterious solution called advanced potentials, where the waves appear to collapse rather than expand and to have a negative time component. This solution is usually ignored as undecipherable. What does a minus time mean?

We assume that it means that advanced potentials can collapse instantaneously.

We say that electromagnetic waves can generate wormholes; because the electric and magnetic fields go through a zero motion point at their maximum amplitudes

One of our primary postulates is that zero motion is zero time and that a condition of zero time opens a wormhole. The photon waves can move instantly through such a wormhole and collapse onto a target electron.

In other words, the collapse of the wave equation is real through wormholes that accommodate Maxwell’s advanced waves.



Planck’s constant h is the basis of quantum mechanics, which is strictly an electromagnetic (charge) theory that does not apply to gravity (mass theory). However, electrons and other Fermion particles have both mass and charge. The gravity field of an electron is some 1040 times weaker than it’s charge field. Consequently, the gravity fields of particles have little effect on chemistry and on ordinary motions of particles; so is largely ignored.

We say that there exists a quantum gravity mechanics as a sub realm of ordinary quantum mechanics, and that these tiny gravity fields are important.

The charge quantum (Planck’s constant) is h = mcy where mc is the electron momentum and y is the Compton wavelength of an electron.

A gravity quantum (Kalen’s constant) would likely be,

k = mcd where d is the Planck unit of length.

This formula gives a gravitational quantum mechanics that is some 20 orders of magnitude weaker than charge quantum mechanics.

We believe that this sub quantum gravity mechanics generates Einstein’s hidden variables, Bohm’s implicate orders and probably quantum foam (Higgs’s particles). And we suggest that this foam is actually the ether (space particles).


Each or the fundamental particles has an antimatter counterpart. Most of these antimatter particle pairs have been created in the laboratory. However, very few antimatter particles have been found free in surrounding universe.

Most antimatter-matter pairs are of opposite charge and would attract one another and annihilate (convert into radiation). So few are found. Radiation can be converted back into matter-antimatter pairs.

Most theories suggest that, at some time in the past, the universe had equal amounts of matter land antimatter. Where has all the antimatter gone?

The experimenters found a slight difference between the decay rates of particles and antiparticles. This discrepancy, called charge-parity reversal or CP asymmetry for short, was discovered in 1964 in argon decays. It is commonly thought that a similar but larger CP asymmetry (during the “Big Bang”) could have produced our present all matter universe.

Our conjecture is slightly different. We think that in the past the universe was in a state similar to one stage of the Big Bang. It was a mixture of hot ions and atoms, with equal quantities of matter and antimatter particles.

CP asymmetry along with random motions of the particles could have produced local concentrations of normal neutral atoms and molecules.

Once a neutral group formed a repulsion force between matter and antimatter could protect the group from bombardment by antimatter particles. This isolating and segregating force could allow local groups to grow into galaxies and galactic clusters.

A similar process could have produced antimatter galaxies or clusters, which we see today but do not recognize as antimatter.

But why should we expect matter to repel antimatter? There are clues!

First, it is normal to expect likes to attract and opposites to repel. Matter and antimatter are opposites.

Second, it allows the segregation of matter from antimatter.

Third, a segregated antimatter galaxy would look just like an ordinary galaxy. And the repulsion would prevent us from seeing a fireworks display between matter and antimatter galaxies.

Fourth, the apparent excess mass (dark matter) of the universe would be explained if half the mass of the universe is in antimatter galaxies or clusters segregated from matter clusters by repulsion.

We already looked at the fourth clue in our answer #3 on the dark matter problem.

If the matter repels antimatter the earth would repel a neutral antimatter atom. Antimatter would fall up!

Look for this announcement in science news headlines. In the near future.


It’s not really weird. Even though, Niles Bohr once said something like,

“If a person does not see the weirdness of quantum mechanics he does not understand quantum mechanics”.

This weirdness depends upon ones’ acceptance of questionable assumptions 4 and 5. We rejected these assumptions on the basis of the existence of wormholes that allow the instantaneous transference of space and even mass objects from one location to another.


A big problem for the particle experimenters is to detect the Higgs particle.

The abandoned super collider was primarily designed to measure this particle. Leon Lederman who was in charge of building the collider, called it the God particle because it apparently creates mass. The reason physicists believed that they needed such a big machine was their assumption (based on electromagnetic quantum mechanics) that the Higgs particle would be very massive. We say that Higgs particles are just the opposite and have extremely small mass.

We believe that space (ether) is composed of Higgs particles. And that space flows toward matter. The acceleration of space is gravity, and the convergence of space toward a point generates inertia (mass).


A black hole is defined as a collapsing concentration of mass so dense that its surface gravity (called the event horizon) prevents even light from leaving the mass object.

Classical general relativity seems to predict that that the black hole will continue to collapse within the event horizon to a point where gravity is so intense as to create a singularity.

A singularity like dividing by zero is a place where the laws of physics and math fail. The occurrence of a singularity or of an infinity in physical theory is a sign that the theory or model is either wrong or has been extrapolated beyond its acceptable limits.

If, as we say, gravity is the acceleration of space which has a tiny mass. This acceleration is limited by special relativity to the velocity of light which would occur at the event horizon of a black hole. Therefore, gravity does not increase within a black hole to generate a singularity.



Newton thought that the idea of a force (action) at a distance without the intervention of particles or waves was absurd. Most everyone agrees.

Most theorists assume that these forces are due to boson, messenger particle exchanges. The authors have not been able to visualize how a particle exchange can produce an attraction?

However, we believe that boson particle forces are more easily visualized as due to space flows. Where the disappearance of space such as gravity space flowing into mass represents an attraction. The appearance of space, such as charge space flowing out of charge, represents a repulsion. The appearance of gravity space between matter and antimatter galaxies constitutes a repulsion. In fact it represents the cosmic repulsion suggested by Einstein’s cosmological constant. The attraction between opposite charges is due to the disappearance of charge space at the interface between the opposite charges.

Perhaps I should explain that what we call gravity space is an all prevailing gravity field, similarly and our charge space is an ubiquitous electrostatic field. We postulate that each fills all of space, and that together they constitute the ether but are independent of one another.

The idea of force at a distance as due to space increasing or decreasing between interacting objects is simple, but new, and may take a little getting used to.


Viewed Effects of FTL Motion

Local FTL and observed pair-production

Viewed effects of FTL motion, assuming the constancy of light-transmission relative to the observer

Let’s suppose that a particle approaches you at a speed greater than that of light. If we assume that you are standing in a field of corn, and the particle destroys everything in its path, then you’ll be able to see the effects of the particle’s motion, (a burning pathway cut through the otherwise featureless cornfield), even if you can’t see that particle itself.

Now, let’s assume that the speed of light-transmission is constant relative to you (as SR says it is), and that the path of the particle takes it right past where you are standing. What do you see?

Well, the first thing that you’ll see is a burning opening in the corn right by you, because the FTL particle will have been traveling faster than its own signal, and will reach your position before you can see any evidence of its earlier destruction as it approached (these signals don’t start turning up after the particle has already passed you).



If you happen to be looking in the right direction, you’ll see the opening progress in the direction of the particle’s travel, but because of the lengthening timelag, the particle appears to be going at less then the speed of light.

If there is a marker 1 lightsecond away, and the trench is cut between you and it in near-instantaneous time, there’s still going to be a one-second timelag between the trench being seen to open at your feet and being seen to reach the marker point, because that’s how long it takes the signal to get back.

Result: a receding FTL object looks as if it is going at less then lightspeed, no matter how fast it’s really going.



However, there’s another effect. As the trench recedes away from you, the light-images from the earlier destruction are now beginning to reach you. One microsecond after the particle reaches you, you see the closest 300m of its earlier destruction.

After another microsecond, you can see 600m of burning trench stretching away from you in the direction the particle came from. After an additional microsecond, you can see the “old” damage that occurred 900m away. The “damage-front” for the approach phase appears to be receding rather than approaching.

So, while the view in one direction is of the particle traveling in the correct direction at less than c, the view in the opposite direction is also of damage done by a receding particle, this one with reversed timeflow (a combination of observer constant-lightspeed and FTL approach is enough to create the appearance of a particle traveling backwards in time, although this isn’t a physical effect).

If you videoed the whole scene with a fish-eyed lens on your video camera, or using a mirror so that you could watch the scene in two directions, then when you replayed the tape, you wouldn’t see a single trench being cut from one side of the field to the other, but instead, two trenches starting at the same point and opening out in opposite directions.

Instead of seeing what looks like a single particle traveling at more than lightspeed, you’d see what seemed to be the effects of two particles emerging out of thin air, and flying off in opposite directions, one moving forwards in time and one moving backwards!

“Deduced” behavior

“Observed” behavior

This sounds suspiciously like what quantum mechanics tells us is seen to happen – particle/antiparticle pairs are supposed to pop out of thin air without an initial cause, as a purely statistical effect.

However, if you inhabited a region containing particles travelling at FTL, this is actually the sort of behaviour that you might see, not because of any magical QM effects or time-travel, but simply as an artifact of the assumed constant-propagation timelag on signals.

This does appear to be more than a little like Hawking radiation, but to do a proper examination of the similarities, we have to look at how the effect occurs in the presence of a gravitational gradient.



Although this example produced observed time-reversal, it doesn’t introduce causality-violations – the effects are legal and paradox-free.

We can easily recreate the effect using current equipment. Let’s suppose that the swathe being cut through out cornfield wasn’t being cut by a particle moving at more than c, but was being burnt into the scenery by an errant space-based laser platform designed as part of an anti-missile defense system.

There’s no limit to the speed at which a spot of light can be swept over a surface by a distant projector, so if the satellite decided to burn a line across the cornfield by sweeping a beam across it at >300,000km/s, then an observer standing in the middle of the field would again see two spots of light cutting into the corn, travelling in opposite directions.

If the shape cut by the laser was a barcode representing a series of numbers coming from an atomic clock onboard the satellite, the ground-based observer in the centre of the field would see two sets of numbers being written in opposite directions, one counting up, and one counting down (they might think that there were two satellites up there, one of which had an atomic clock that was running backwards).

Observed time-reversal isn’t, in itself, necessarily a problem.

The paradoxes arise when you try to deal with the Lorentz redshift as being an effect that is totally separate to the propagation stuff, or when you try to deal with objects passing through their own wavefronts “from behind”.


How Time Travel Will Work

I have always been interested in time travel. Ever since I first saw Back To The Future movies. Now here’s a little guide how time travel could or will work:

by Kevin Bonsor

Spanish version

from HowStuffWorks Website

There may be no other concept that captures the imagination more than the idea of time travel – the ability to travel to any point in the past or future.

What could be cooler? You could jump into your time machine to go back and see major events in history and talk to the people who were there! Who would you travel back to see? Julius Caesar? Leonardo da Vinci? Elvis?

You could go back and meet yourself at an earlier age, go forward and see how you look in the future… It’s these possibilities that have made time travel the subject of so many science fiction books and movies.

It turns out that, in some sense, we are all time travelers. As you sit at your desk, doing nothing more than clicking your mouse, time is traveling around you. The future is constantly being transformed into the past with the present only lasting for a fleeting moment. Everything that you are doing right now is quickly moving into the past, which means we continue to move through time.

Ideas of time travel have existed for centuries, but when Albert Einstein released his theory of special relativity, he laid the foundation for the theoretical possibility of time travel. As we all know, no one has successfully demonstrated time travel, but no one has been able to rule it out either.

In this edition of How Stuff Will Work, we will learn about the concept of time and the different theories surrounding the viability of time travel.

Understanding Time

Astronomer Carl Sagan had it right when he said that time is “resistant to simple definition.” Lots of us think we know what time is, but it is hard to define. You can not literally see or touch time, but you can see its effects

The evidence that we are moving through time is found in everything – our bodies age, buildings weather and crumble, trees grow. Most of us feel the pressure of time as we are pushed to meet deadlines and make appointments. Our lives are often dictated by what time we need to be somewhere.

Ask most people to define time and they are likely to look at their watch or a clock. We see time as the ticking of the hands on these devices. We know that there are 60 seconds in a minute, 60 minutes in an hour, 24 hours in a day and 365 days in a year. These are the basic numbers of time that we all learned in grade school.

Time is also defined as being the fourth dimension of our universe. The other three dimensions are of space, including up-down, left-right and backward-forward. Time cannot exist without space, and likewise, space cannot exist without time. This interconnected relationship of time and space is called the spacetime continuum, which means that any event that occurs in the universe has to involve both space and time.

According to Einstein’s theory of special relativity, time slows as an object approaches the speed of light. This leads many scientists to believe that traveling faster than the speed of light could open up the possibility of time travel to the past as well as to the future.

The problem is that the speed of light is believed to be the highest speed at which something can travel, so it is unlikely that we will be able to travel into the past. As an object nears the speed of light, its relativistic mass increases until, at the speed of light, it becomes infinite. Accelerating an infinite mass any faster than that is impossible, or at least it seems to be right now.

But time travel in the other direction is not as difficult, and the future may one day be a possible destination…

Black Holes

While writers have produced some great ideas for time machines over the years, a real-life time machine has yet to be built.

Most theories of time travel don’t rely on machines at all. Instead, time travel will likely be done by way of natural phenomena that will transport us instantly from one point in time to another.

These space phenomena, which we are not even sure exist, include:

Rotating black holes
Cosmic strings

Photo courtesy NASA

When stars that are more than four times the mass of our sun reach the end of their life and have burned up all of their fuel, they collapse under the pressure of their own weight. This implosion creates “black holes,” which have gravitational fields so strong that even light cannot escape. Anything that comes in contact with a black hole’s event horizon will be sucked in.

The event horizon is the boundary of a black hole at which nothing can escape.

You can think of the shape of a black hole as similar to an ice cream cone. It is large on top and tapers into a point, called a singularity. At the singularity, the laws of physics cease to exist and all matter is crushed beyond recognition. This kind of non-rotating black hole is called a Schwarzschild black hole, named after the German astronomer Karl Schwarzschild.

Another type of black hole, called a Kerr hole, is also theoretically possible. Kerr holes are rotating black holes that could be used as portals for time travel or travel to parallel universes. In 1963, New Zealand mathematician Roy Kerr proposed the first realistic theory for a rotating black hole. In his theory, dying stars would collapse into a rotating ring of neutrons that would produce sufficient centrifugal force to prevent the formation of a singularity. Since the black hole would not have a singularity, Kerr believed it would be safe to enter it without being crushed by the infinite gravitational force at its center.

If Kerr holes do exist, it might be possible to pass through them and exit out of a “white” hole. A white hole would have the reverse action of a black hole. So, instead of pulling everything into its gravitational force, it would use some sort of exotic matter with negative energy to push everything out and away from it. These white holes would be our way to enter other times or other worlds.

Given the little we know about black holes, Kerr holes may possibly exist. However, physicist Kip Thorne of the California Institute of Technology believes that the laws of physics prevent such a formation. He says there is no such way to enter and exit a black hole, and that anything attempting to enter a black hole will be sucked in and destroyed before it even reaches the singularity.

We’ll take a look at some other space phenomena in the following sections.


Thorne believes there could be another type of tunnel-like structure existing in the universe that could be used for a time travel portal. Wormholes, also called Einstein-Rosen Bridges, are considered to have the most potential for time travel if they do exist. Not only could they allow us to travel through time, they could allow us to travel many light-years from Earth in only a fraction of the amount of time that it would take us with conventional space travel methods.

Wormholes are considered possible based on Einstein’s theory of relativity, which states that any mass curves spacetime. To understand this curvature, think about two people holding a bed sheet up and stretching that sheet tight. If one person were to place a baseball on the bed sheet, the weight of the baseball would roll to the middle of the sheet and cause the sheet to curve at that point.

Now, if a marble were placed on the edge of the same bed sheet it would travel toward the baseball because of the curve.

In this example, space is depicted as a two-dimensional plane rather than the four dimensions that actually make up spacetime. Imagine that this sheet is folded over, leaving a space between the top and bottom. Placing the baseball on the top side will cause a curvature to form. If an equal mass were placed on the bottom part of the sheet at a point that corresponds with the location of the baseball on the top, the second mass would eventually meet with the baseball. This is similar to how wormholes might form.

In space, masses that place pressure on different parts of the universe could eventually come together to form a tunnel — this is a wormhole. We could then travel from Earth to another galaxy and back relatively quickly (within a lifetime). For instance, let’s picture a scenario in which we would want to travel to Sirius, a star that’s seen in the Canis Major constellation just below Orion.

Sirius is about 9 light-years from Earth, which is about 54 trillion miles (90 trillion km).

Obviously, this distance would be far too great for space travelers to traverse and return in time to tell us about what they saw there. So far, the farthest people have traveled into space is to the moon, which is only about 248,548 miles (about 400,000 km) away from Earth. If we could find a wormhole that connected us to the space around Sirius, then we could cut the time considerably by avoiding the trillions of miles that we would have to cross with traditional space travel.

So how does all of this relate to time travel? We’ll find out in the next section.

Imagining space as a curved, two-dimensional plane, wormholes like this could be formed by two masses applying enough force on spacetime to create a tunnel connecting distant points in the universe.

Cosmic Strings

Yet another theory for how we might travel back and forth through time uses the idea of cosmic strings, proposed by Princeton physicist J. Richard Gott in 1991. These are – as their name suggests – string-like objects that some scientists believe were formed in the early universe. These strings may line the entire length of the universe and are under immense pressure – millions upon millions of tons
These cosmic strings, which are thinner than an atom, would generate an enormous amount of gravitational pull on any objects that pass near them.

Objects attached to a cosmic string could travel at incredible speeds, and because their gravitational force distorts spacetime, they could be used for time travel. By pulling two cosmic strings close together, or one string close to a black hole, it might be possible to warp spacetime enough to create closed time-like curves.

A spacecraft could be turned into a time machine by using the gravity produced by the two cosmic strings, or the string and black hole, to propel itself into the past. To do this, it would loop around the cosmic strings. However, there is still much speculation as to whether these strings exist, and if they do, in what form. Gott himself said that in order to travel back in time even one year, it would take a loop of string that contained half the mass-energy of an entire galaxy.

And, as with any time machine, you couldn’t go back farther than the point at which the time machine was created.

Time Travel Physics

As we discussed earlier, the theory of relativity states that as the velocity of an object nears the speed of light, time slows down. Scientists have discovered that even at the speeds of the space shuttle, astronauts can travel a few nanoseconds into the future. To understand this, picture two people, person A and person B. Person A stays on Earth, while person B takes off in a spacecraft.

At takeoff, their watches are in perfect sync. The closer person B’s spacecraft travels to the speed of light, the slower time will pass for person B (relative to person A). If person B travels for just a few hours at 50 percent the speed of light and returns to Earth, it will be obvious to both people that person A has aged much faster than person B.

This difference in aging is because time passed much faster for person A than person B, who was traveling closer to the speed of light. Many years might have passed for person A, while person B experienced a time lapse of just a few hours. Find out more about this twin paradox in How Special Relativity Works.

 How Special Relativity Works

Wormholes could allow you to travel into the past and the future.

If wormholes could be discovered, it might allow us to travel to the past as well as the future. Here’s how it would work: Let’s say the mouth of the wormhole is portable. Then person B in the example above, who traveled at 50 percent of light speed into space for a few hours, could carry one wormhole mouth into space, while the mouth at the opposite end of the wormhole would stay with person A on Earth.

The two people would continue to see one another as person B traveled into space. When person B returned to Earth a few hours later, a few years may have passed for person A. Now, when person A looks through the wormhole that traveled into space, that person will see him or herself at a younger age, the age he or she was when person B launched into space.

The cool thing about it is that the older person A would be able to step into the past by entering the wormhole, while the younger person B could step into the future.

Problems with Time Travel

If we are ever able to develop a workable theory for time travel, we would open up the ability to create very complicated problems called paradoxes. A paradox is defined as something that contradicts itself.

Here are two common examples:

Let’s say, for the sake of argument, that you could travel back to a time before you were born. The mere fact that you could exist in a time before you were born creates a paradox. If you were born in 1960, how could you exist in 1955?
Possibly the most famous paradox is the grandfather paradox. What would happen if a time traveler went back and killed one of his or her ancestors before the traveler was born? If the person killed his or her grandfather, then how could that person be alive to go back and kill his or her grandfather? If we could change the past, it would create an infinite number of paradoxes.

Another theory regarding time travel brings up the idea of parallel universes, or alternative histories. Let’s say that you do travel back to meet your grandfather when he was a boy. In the theory of parallel universes, you may have traveled to another universe, one that is similar to ours, but has a different succession of events.

For instance, if you were to travel back in time and kill one of your ancestors, you’ve only killed that person in one universe, which is no longer the universe that you exist in. And if you then try to travel back to your own time, you may end up in another parallel universe and never be able to get back to the universe you started in.

The idea here is that every action causes the creation of a new universe, and that there are an infinite number of universes that exist. When you killed your ancestor, you created a new universe, a universe that was identical to your own up until the time you changed the original succession of events.

Confused yet?

Welcome to the world of time travel. Just imagine how complicated the ticket prices will be.


Ancient Indian Aircraft Technology

Here’s a couple of very very interesting articles about how UFO phenomenon could partly be explained:

Many researchers into the UFO enigma tend to overlook a very important fact.

While it assumed that most flying saucers are of alien, or perhaps Governmental Military origin, another possible origin of UFOs is ancient India and Atlantis.

What we know about ancient Indian flying vehicles comes from ancient Indian sources; written texts that have come down to us through the centuries. There is no doubt that most of these texts are authentic; many are the well known ancient Indian Epics themselves, and there are literally hundreds of them. Most of them have not even been translated into English yet from the old Sanskrit.

The Indian Emperor Ashoka started a “Secret Society of the Nine Unknown Men”: great Indian scientists who were supposed to catalogue the many sciences. Ashoka kept their work secret because he was afraid that the advanced science catalogued by these men, culled from ancient Indian sources, would be used for the evil purpose of war, which Ashoka was strongly against, having been converted to Buddhism after defeating a rival army in a bloody battle.

The “Nine Unknown Men” wrote a total of nine books, presumably one each. Book number one was “The Secrets of Gravitation!”. This book, known to historians, but not actually seen by them dealt chiefly with “gravity control.” It is presumably still around somewhere, kept in a secret library in India, Tibet or elsewhere (perhaps even in North America somewhere).

One can certainly understand Ashoka’s reasoning for wanting to keep such knowledge a secret, assuming it exists.

If the Nazis had such weapons at their disposal during World War II, Ashoka was also aware devastating wars using such advanced vehicles and other “futuristic weapons” that had destroyed the ancient Indian “Rama Empire” several thousand years before.

Only a few years ago, the Chinese discovered some Sanskrit documents in Lhasa, Tibet and sent them to the University of Chandrigarh to be translated. Dr. Ruth Reyna of the University said recently that the documents contain directions for building interstellar spaceships!

Their method of propulsion, she said, was “anti-gravitational” and was based upon a system analogous to that of “laghima,” the unknown power of the ego existing in man’s physiological makeup, “a centrifugal force strong enough to counteract all gravitational pull.” According to Hindu Yogis, it is this “laghima” which enables a person to levitate.

Dr. Reyna said that on board these machines, which were called “Astras” by the text, the ancient Indians could have sent a detachment of men onto any planet, according to the document, which is thought to be thousands of years old. The manuscripts were also said to reveal the secret of “antima”, “the cap of invisibility” and “garima”, “how to become as heavy as a mountain of lead.”

Naturally, Indian scientists did not take the texts very seriously, but then became more positive about the value of them when the Chinese announced that they were including certain parts of the data for study in their space program! This was one of the first instances of a government admitting to be researching anti-gravity.

The manuscripts did not say definitely that interplanetary travel was ever made but did mention, of all things, a planned trip to the Moon, though it is not clear whether this trip was actually carried out. However, one of the great Indian epics, the Ramayana, does have a highly detailed story in it of a trip to the moon in a Vimana (or “Astra”), and in fact details a battle on the moon with an “Asvin” (or “Atlantean” airship.)

This is but a small bit of recent evidence of anti-gravity and aerospace technology used by Indians. To really understand the technology, we must go much further back in time.

The so-called “Rama Empire” of Northern India and Pakistan developed at least fifteen thousand years ago on the Indian sub-continent and was a nation of many large, sophisticated cities, many of which are still to be found in the deserts of Pakistan, northern, and western India.

Rama existed, apparently, parallel to the Atlantean civilization in the mid-Atlantic Ocean, and was ruled by “enlightened Priest-Kings” who governed the cities, The seven greatest capital cities of Rama were known in classical Hindu texts as “The Seven Rishi Cities.”

According to ancient Indian texts, the people had flying machines which were called “Vimanas.” The ancient Indian epic describes a Vimana as a double-deck, circular aircraft with portholes and a dome, much as we would imagine a flying saucer.

It flew with the “speed of the wind” and gave forth a “melodious sound.” There were at least four different types of Vimanas; some saucer shaped, others like long cylinders (“cigar shaped airships”). The ancient Indian texts on Vimanas are so numerous, it would take volumes to relate what they had to say. The ancient Indians, who manufactured these ships themselves, wrote entire flight manuals on the control of the various types of Vimanas, many of which are still in existence, and some have even been translated into English.

The Samara Sutradhara is a scientific treatise dealing with every possible angle of air travel in a Vimana. There are 230 stanzas dealing with the construction, take-off, cruising for thousand of miles, normal and forced landings, and even possible collisions with birds.

In 1875, the Vaimanika Sastra, a fourth century B.C. text written by Bharadvajy the Wise, using even older texts as his source, was rediscovered in a temple in India. It dealt with the operation of Vimanas and included information on the steering, precautions for long flights, protection of the airships from storms and lightening and how to switch the drive to “solar energy” from a free energy source which sounds like “anti-gravity.”

The Vaimanika Sastra(or Vymaanika-Shaastra) has eight chapters with diagrams, describing three types of aircraft, including apparatuses that could neither catch on fire nor break. It also mentions 31 essential parts of these vehicles and 16 materials from which they are constructed, which absorb light and heat; for which reason they were considered suitable for the construction of Vimanas.

This document has been translated into English and is available by writing the publisher:

VYMAANIDASHAASTRA AERONAUTICS by Maharishi Bharadwaaja, translated into English and edited, printed and published by Mr. G. R. Josyer, Mysore, India, 1979 (sorry, no street address). Mr. Josyer is the director of the International Academy of Sanskrit Investigation located in Mysore.

There seems to be no doubt that Vimanas were powered by some sort of “anti-gravity.”

Vimanas took off vertically, and were capable of hovering in the sky, like a modern helicopter or dirigible. Bharadvajy the Wise refers to no less than 70 authorities and 10 experts of air travel in antiquity. These sources are now lost.

Vimanas were kept in a Vimana Griha, a kind of hanger, and were sometimes said to be propelled by a yellowish-white liquid, and sometimes by some sort of mercury compound, though writers seem confused in this matter. It is most likely that the later writers on Vimanas, wrote as observers and from earlier texts, and were understandably confused on the principle of their propulsion.

The “yellowish-white liquid” sounds suspiciously like gasoline, and perhaps Vimanas had a number of different propulsion sources, including combustion engines and even “pulse-jet” engines. It is interesting to note, that the Nazis developed the first practical pulse-jet engines for their V-8 rocket “buzz bombs.”

Hitler and the Nazi staff were exceptionally interested in ancient India and Tibet and sent expeditions to both these places yearly, starting in the 30’s, in order to gather esoteric evidence that they did so, and perhaps it was from these people that the Nazis gained some of their scientific information!

According to the Dronaparva, part of the Mahabarata, and the Ramayana, one Vimana described was shaped like a sphere and born along at great speed on a mighty wind generated by mercury. It moved like a UFO, going up, down, backwards and forwards as the pilot desired.

In another Indian source, the Samar, Vimanas were,

“iron machines, well-knit and smooth, with a charge of mercury that shot out of the back in the form of a roaring flame.”

Another work called the Samaranganasutradhara describes how the vehicles were constructed. It is possible that mercury did have something to do with the propulsion, or more possibly, with the guidance system.

Curiously, Soviet scientists have discovered what they call “age-old instruments used in navigating cosmic vehicles” in caves in Turkestan and the Gobi Desert. The “devices” are hemispherical objects of glass or porcelain, ending in a cone with a drop of mercury inside.

It is evident that ancient Indians flew around in these vehicles, all over Asia, to Atlantis presumably; and even, apparently, to South America. Writing found at Mohenjodaro in Pakistan (presumed to be one of the “Seven Rishi Cities of the Rama Empire”) and still undeciphered, has also been found in one other place in the world: Easter Island!

Writing on Easter Island, called Rongo-Rongo writing, is also undeciphered, and is uncannily similar to the Mohenjodaro script. Was Easter Island an air base for the Rama Empire’s Vimana route?

(At the Mohenjo-Daro Vimana-drome, as the passenger walks down the concourse, he hears the sweet, melodic sound of the announcer over the loudspeaker,

“Rama Airways flight number seven for Bali, Easter Island, Nazca, and Atlantis is now ready for boarding. Passengers please proceed to gate number..”)

In Tibet, no small distance, and speaks of the “fiery chariot” thusly:

“Bhima flew along in his car, resplendent as the sun and loud as thunder… The flying chariot shone like a flame in the night sky of summer … it swept by like a comet… It was as if two suns were shining. Then the chariot rose up and all the heaven brightened.”

In the Mahavira of Bhavabhuti, a Jain text of the eighth century culled from older texts and traditions, we read:

“An aerial chariot, the Pushpaka, conveys many people to the capital of Ayodhya. The sky is full of stupendous flying-machines, dark as night, but picked out by lights with a yellowish glare”

The Vedas, ancient Hindu poems, thought to be the oldest of all the Indian texts, describe Vimanas of various shapes and sizes:

the “ahnihotra-vimana” with two engines, the “elephant-vimana” with more engines, and other types named after the kingfisher, ibis and other animals.

Unfortunately, Vimanas, like most scientific discoveries, were ultimately used for war.

Atlanteans used their flying machines, “Vailixi,” a similar type of aircraft, to literally try and subjugate the world, it would seem, if Indian texts are to be believed. The Atlanteans, known as “Asvins” in the Indian writings, were apparently even more advanced technologically than the Indians, and certainly of a more war-like temperament.

Although no ancient texts on Atlantean Vailixi are known to exist, some information has come down through esoteric, “occult” sources which describe their flying machines. Similar, if not identical to Vimanas, Vailixi were generally “cigar shaped” and had the capability of maneuvering underwater as well as in the atmosphere or even outer space. Other vehicles, like Vimanas, were saucer shaped, and could apparently also be submerged.

According to Eklal Kueshana, author of “The Ultimate Frontier,” in an article he wrote in 1966, Vailixi were first developed in Atlantis 20,000 years ago, and the most common ones are,

“saucer-shaped of generally trapezoidal cross-section with three hemispherical engine pods on the underside.”

“They use a mechanical antigravity device driven by engines developing approximately 80,000 horse power.”

The Ramayana, Mahabarata and other texts speak of the hideous war that took place, some ten or twelve thousand years ago between Atlantis and Rama using weapons of destruction that could not be imagined by readers until the second half of this century.

The ancient Mahabharata, one of the sources on Vimanas, goes on to tell the awesome destructiveness of the war:

“…(the weapon was) a single projectile
charged with all the power of the Universe.
An incandescent column of smoke and flame
As bright as the thousand suns rose in all its splendor…

An iron thunderbolt,
A gigantic messenger of death,
Which reduced to ashes
The entire race of the Vrishnis
And the Andhakas.

… the corpses were so burned
As to be unrecognizable.
The hair and nails fell out;
Pottery broke without apparent cause,
And the birds turned white.

… After a few hours
All foodstuffs were infected…
… to escape from this fire
The soldiers threw themselves in streams
To wash themselves and their equipment…”

It would seem that the Mahabharata is describing an atomic war! References like this one are not isolated; but battles, using a fantastic array of weapons and aerial vehicles are common in all the epic Indian books. One even describes a Vimana-Vailix battle on the Moon! The above section very accurately describes what an atomic explosion would look like and the effects of the radioactivity on the population. Jumping into water is the only respite.

When the Rishi City of Mohenjodaro was excavated by archeologists in the last century, they found skeletons just lying in the streets, some of them holding hands, as if some great doom had suddenly overtaken them. These skeletons are among the most radioactive ever found, on a par with those found at Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

Ancient cities whose brick and stone walls have literally been vitrified, that is-fused together, can be found in India, Ireland, Scotland, France, Turkey and other places. There is no logical explanation for the vitrification of stone forts and cities, except from an atomic blast.

Furthermore, at Mohenjo-Daro, a well planned city laid on a grid, with a plumbing system superior to those used in Pakistan and India today, the streets were littered with “black lumps of glass.” These globs of glass were discovered to be clay pots that had melted under intense heat!

With the cataclysmic sinking of Atlantis and the wiping out of Rama with atomic weapons, the world collapsed into a “stone age” of sorts, and modern history picks up a few thousand years later. Yet, it would seem that not all the Vimanas and Vailixi of Rama and Atlantis were gone. Built to last for thousands of of years, many of them would still be in use, as evidenced by Ashoka’s “Nine Unknown Men” and the Lhasa manuscript.

That secret societies or “Brotherhoods” of exceptional, “enlightened” human beings would have preserved these inventions and the knowledge of science, history, etc., does not seem surprising.

Many well known historical personages including Jesus, Buddha, Lao Tzu, Confucius, Krishna, Zoroaster, Mahavira, Quetzalcoatl, Akhenaton, Moses, and more recent inventors and of course many other people who will probably remain anonymous, were probably members of such a secret organization.

It is interesting to note that when Alexander the Great invaded India more than two thousand years ago, his historians chronicled that at one point they were attacked by “flying, fiery shields” that dove at his army and frightened the cavalry. These “flying saucers” did not use any atomic bombs or beam weapons on Alexander’s army however, perhaps out of benevolence, and Alexander went on to conquer India.

It has been suggested by many writers that these “Brotherhoods” keep some of their Vimanas and Vailixi in secret caverns in Tibet or some other place is Central Asia, and the Lop Nor Desert in western China is known to be the center of a great UFO mystery. Perhaps it is here that many of the airships are still kept, in underground bases much as the Americans, British and Soviets have built around the world in the past few decades.

Still, not all UFO activity can be accounted for by old Vimanas making trips to the Moon for some reason. Undoubtedly, some are from the Military Governments of the world, and possibly even from other planets.


And here’s another small article:


‘India had a treasure trove of hitech warfare technology that even the ‘mighty West’ does not possess. The Brahmastra and Vimana used in the pre-Mahabharata period are nothing but the earlier versions of today’s nuclear weapons and spacecraft.’

It is this feeling that one would get after listening to a lecture on ‘High Technology in Ancient Sanskrit Literature‘ by Mr. C. S. R. Prabhu, senior scientist, NIC, Hyderabad, on Thursday as part of the three- day Indo-Nepal Sanskrit Conference, currently underway at the Rashtriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha here.

Mr. Prabhu, quoting extensively from ancient texts, stressed that the pre-Mahabharata period was an age of high technology, which was ignored in the Medieval period due to reasons not known.

He quoted from the texts of a great scholar, Subbaraya Sastry, who, in a state of yogic trance, is said to have orally dictated the spacecraft technology in a period somewhere between 1875 and 1919, which was recorded by his disciples. The text, a copy of which is still in Nepal’s Royal Library, contained technical details on assembling, fabricating and erecting a spacecraft, the metals, semi-conductors, advanced alloys used and other minute aeronautical information. Though quite difficult to be believed on the face of it, the fact that this technology did not exist anywhere in the world – not even in America and Europe – in the mentioned period, makes it hard for one to disbelieve.

Artwork by James Neff

The technical information given in Sastry’s texts was as minute, precise and clear, as if it were a ‘Make your own spacecraft’ or a ‘Spacecraft technology in 30 days’ except for the Sanskrit language used, which was very much archaic and obsolete, Mr. Prabhu said. On a tip on making an alloy, the text said ‘Krishnaseesam Chanjanikam Vajrathundam samamsathaha’ from which the real meaning of ‘Vajrathundam’ (used in that context), could not be found in any contemporary Sanskrit dictionary.

”After a great amount of interaction with ayurvedic specialists and Swamijis with intuitive interpretations, it turned out to be the cactus plant,” he said.

To further strengthen his claim, he said there were wall paintings in some forts in Rajasthan depicting the use of rockets in Mughal warfare and even by Tipu Sultan of Mysore. Another interesting fact he gave was that the spacecraft could become invisible on its own. The lead alloy (Thamogarbha loha) used in making the body of the spacecraft would absorb light around it in a photo chemical reaction that would make it disappear.

On testing the Krishna seesa metal mentioned in the formula in the laboratory of Birla Institute of Science, Hyderabad, Mr. Prabhu found the metal absorbing 78 per cent of laser light, which means, any other light could be easily absorbed, giving ample proof that there existed a technology to make things invisible. Also the use of an alloy of copper, zinc and lead made the spacecraft’s body resist corrosion by 1000 times over that of the current levels. Using Ararakamra material for the axle and wheels had made it possible for taking ‘U’ turns and serpentine movements.

An astonishing fact is that the Ararakamra metal was an alloy of copper, zinc, lead and iron, the combination of which is impossible, according to modern metallurgy. Technically, the ”Young’s modulus” of this metal is said to be higher than that of steel, making it stronger. As the spacecraft had to be capable of resisting high temperature, on re-entering our atmosphere from the outer space, its body was made with a metal called ‘Raja Loha‘. Its special feature was that apart from resisting heat, it converted light from lightnings into energy. To crosscheck all these details, there were no furnaces available in Hyderabad to melt metals at a high temperature of 2500 degrees celcius, Mr. Prabhu lamented.

Another hitch came into his research in the form of the ‘energy’ used.

‘Though the texts explained that the spacecraft was propelled by ‘Sourasakthi‘, modern solar technology does not generate so much power to drag a rocket’, he pointed out.

Later he found out to his bewilderment that it was a kind of ‘nuclear power’ that was used in those days.

‘The solar power, when coupled with gamma rays produced nuclear energy that had the power to propel a rocket’, Mr. Prabhu observed.

He even spoke on ‘Tripura Vimana‘ that was used to travel in space, water and on land, by using the metal ‘Trinetra loha‘. Mr. Prabhu said he had submitted the model and some more information on the ‘super metal’ to the Indian Metal Society Conference and further claimed that the advisor to the government on scientific affairs Dr. A. P. J. Abdul Kalam too had asked him to bring the design of the plane.

A committee which was appointed by Indian Institute of Science to investigate into it, declared Sastry’s texts as ‘fraud’, but Mr. Prabhu reasons that the descriptions mentioned in the ancient texts were perhaps too advanced to believe, making the committee to hastily come to the conclusion. He wanted a national level effort to prove that the so called myths‘ were in fact, scientific formulae on advanced technology. He said he had proposed a project called ‘Bharadwaja Institute of Vedic Science and Technology‘, the objective of which was to derive, decipher and reproduce advanced methodologies and processes from Vedic and post-Vedic Sanskrit texts, for which he sought government’s support.


And here’s a nice little video series about this (3 parts):

Did Ancient Biotech Create “Nephilim”? Will Modern Science Bring Them Again?

I have always been interest in giants and nephilims. Here’s another article about how modern science could resurrect these beasts:


Image Source

The benei Elohim saw the daughters of Adam, that they were fit extensions

(Gen 6:2, Interlinear Hebrew Bible)

In the study of the Old Testament Book of Genesis, beings of great stature called “giants” appear, which some scholars believe came into existence after powerful angels known as ‘Watchers’ descended to earth and used women (or their biological matter) to construct bodies of flesh, which they used to “extend” themselves into the material world.

The Apocryphal books of Enoch, 2 Esdras, Genesis Aprocryphon and Jasher support the Genesis story, adding that the sin of the angels grew to include genetic modification of animals as well as humans.

The Book of Jasher, mentioned in the Bible in Joshua 10:13 and 2 Samuel 1:18, says,

“After the fallen angels went into the daughters of men, the sons of men taught the mixture of animals of one species with the other, in order to provoke the Lord”


This clear reference to the Genesis 6 record illustrates that “animals” were included in whatever cross-species experiments were being conducted, and that this activity resulted in judgment from God.

The Book of Enoch also supports this record, saying that after the fallen angels merged their DNA with women, they,

“began to sin against birds, and beasts, and reptiles, and fish”


The Old Testament contains associated reference to genetic mutations, which developed among humans following this activity, including unusual size, physical strength, six fingers, six toes, animal appetite for blood and even lion-like features among men (2 Sam 21:20; 23:20).

What if, by corrupting the species barrier in which each creature was to recreate after its “own kind,” Watchers had successfully mingled human-animal DNA and combined the hereditary traits of different species into a single new mutation?

An entirely new being—Nephilim—might have suddenly possessed the combined intelligence and instincts (seeing, hearing, smelling, reacting to the environment) of several life forms and in ways unfamiliar to creation.

Will modern biotechnology resurrect Nephilim?

Today, molecular biologists classify the functions of genes within native species but are unsure in many cases how a gene’s coding might react from one species to another. In recombinant DNA technology, a “transgenic” organism is created when the genetic structure of one species is altered by the transfer of a gene or genes from another.

This could change not only the genetic structure of the modified animal and its offspring, but its evolutionary development, sensory modalities, disease propensity, personality and behavior traits among other things.

Such transgenic tinkering already exists in many parts of the world including the United States, Britain and Australia where animal eggs are being used to create hybrid human embryos from which stem cell lines can be produced for medical research.

A team at Newcastle and Durham universities in the UK recently announced plans to,

“create hybrid rabbit and human embryos, as well as other ‘chimera’ embryos mixing human and cow genes.”

More alarmingly, the same researchers have already managed to reanimate tissue,

“from dead human cells in another breakthrough which was heralded as a way of overcoming ethical dilemmas over using living embryos for medical research” (1)

In the United States, similar studies led Irv Weissman, director of Stanford University’s Institute of Cancer/Stem Cell Biology and Medicine in California to create mice with partly human brains, causing some ethicists to raise the issue of “humanized animals” in the future that could become “self aware” as a result of genetic modification.

Even the President of the United States, George W. Bush in his January 31st, 2006 State of the Union Address called for legislation to,

“prohibit…. creating human-animal hybrids, and buying, selling, or patenting human embryos.”

Not everybody shares these concerns.

A radical, international, intellectual, and cultural movement known as “Transhumanism” supports the use of new sciences including genetic modification to enhance human mental and physical abilities and aptitudes so that,

“human beings will eventually be transformed into beings with such greatly expanded abilities as to merit the label ‘posthuman'” (2)

I have personally debated leading transhumanist, Dr. James Hughes on his weekly syndicated talk show, Changesurfer Radio. Hughes is Executive Director of the Institute for Ethics and Emerging Technologies and teaches at Trinity College in Hartford Connecticut.

He is also the author of “Citizen Cyborg: Why Democratic Societies Must Respond to the Redesigned Human of the Future“, a sort of Bible for transhumanist values.

Dr. Hughes joins a growing body of academics, bioethicists and sociologists who support,

“large-scale genetic and neurological engineering of ourselves….[a] new chapter in evolution [as] the result of accelerating developments in the fields of genomics, stem-cell research, genetic enhancement, germ-line engineering, neuro-pharmacology, artificial intelligence, robotics, pattern recognition technologies, and nanotechnology…. at the intersection of science and religion [which has begun to question] what it means to be human…” (3)

In related development, Case Law School in Cleveland was awarded a $773,000 grant in April 2006 from the National Institutes of Health to develop guidelines,

“for the use of human subjects in what could be the next frontier in medical technology – genetic enhancement.”

Maxwell Mehlman, Arthur E. Petersilge Professor of Law, director of the Law-Medicine Center at the Case Western Reserve University School of Law, and professor of bioethics in the Case School of Medicine is leading the team of,

“law professors, physicians, and bioethicists in the two-year project to develop standards for tests on human subjects in research that involves the use of genetic technologies to enhance ‘normal’ individuals – to make them smarter, stronger, or better-looking” (4)

Other law schools including Stanford and Oxford have recently hosted “Human Enhancement and Technology” conferences where transhumanists, futurists, bioethicists and legal scholars merged to discuss the ethical and legal ramifications of post-humans.

In his book “Life, Liberty and the Defense of Dignity – The Challenges of Bioethics“, the former chairman of the President’s Council on Bioethics, Leon Kass provided a status report on where we stand today regarding transhumanism.

He warned in the introduction that,

“Human nature itself lies on the operating table, ready for alteration, for eugenic and psychic ‘enhancement,’ for wholesale redesign. In leading laboratories, academic and industrial, new creators are confidently amassing their powers and quietly honing their skills, while on the street their evangelists are zealously prophesying a posthuman future. For anyone who cares about preserving our humanity, the time has come for paying attention” (5)

Not to be outdone in this regard by the National Institute of Health, DARPA and other agencies of the U.S. military have taken inspiration from the likes of Tolkein’s Lord of the Rings.

In a scene reminiscent of Saruman the wizard creating monstrous Uruk-Hai to wage unending, merciless war, we find billions of American tax dollars have flowed into the Pentagon’s Frankensteinian dream of “super-soldiers” and the “Extended Performance War Fighter” program (EPWFP).

Not only does the EPWFP envision

“injecting young men and women with hormonal, neurological and genetic concoctions; implanting microchips and electrodes in their bodies to control their internal organs and brain functions; and plying them with drugs that deaden some of their normal human tendencies; the need for sleep, the fear of death, [and] the reluctance to kill their fellow human beings,” but Chris Floyd in an article for CounterPunch a while back quoted the Daily Telegraph and Christian Science Monitor, saying,

“some of the research now underway involves actually altering the genetic code of soldiers, modifying bits of DNA to fashion a new type of human specimen, one that functions like a machine, killing tirelessly for days and nights on end…. mutations [that] will ‘revolutionize the contemporary order of battle’ and guarantee ‘operational dominance across the whole range of potential U.S. military employments” (6)

In keeping with our editorial, imagine the staggering implications of such science if dead Nephilim tissue was discovered with intact DNA and a government somewhere that was willing to clone or mingle the extracted organisms to make Homo-nephilim. If one accepts the biblical story of giants as real, such discovery could actually be made someday, or perhaps already has been and was covered up.

The technology to resurrect the extinct species already exists, and cloning methods are being studied now for use with bringing back Tasmanian Tigers, Wooly Mammoths and other extinguished creatures.

Let not the dead live, let not the giants rise again…

(Isaiah 26.14, Douay-Rheims Version)

The reference above from the Book of Isaiah 26:14 could be troubling, as it may reflect a prayer from the prophet, a petition to God not to allow the giants to incarnate again.

Did Isaiah pray this way because he knew something about the future, something related to a return of Nephilim?

The relationship between creatures called “Rephaim” and the Nephilim of ancient texts is enlightening, as Rephaim are viewed as the spirits of dead Nephilim in the grave.

The word “Rephaim” carries with it the meaning ‘to heal’ or to be ‘healed’ as in a ‘resurrection’. In the Ras Shamra texts, the Rephaim are described as both human and divine beings who worshipped the Amorite god Ba’al, the ruler of the underworld, where the Rephaim served as his acolyte assembly of lesser gods, kings, heroes, and rulers.

These beings were believed to have power to return from the dead through incarnation in bodily form as ‘Nephilim’. The ability of Rephaim to be reincarnated in this way as living Nephilim is viewed by some as the explanation for Nephilim existing before, and after, the Great Flood.

The book of Job may elucidate this idea when it says,

“Dead things are formed from under the waters….”

(Job 26.5)

The dead in this text are Rephaim and the phrase “are formed” is from “Chuwl”, meaning to twist or whirl as in a double helix coil or genetic manufacturing.

When combined with something my good friend Steve Quayle once wrote, the word “Chuwl” takes on added meaning:

“When the Greek Septuagint was created, the Hebrew word Nephilim was translated into Greek as ‘gegenes‘. This is the same word used in Greek mythology for the ‘Titans’, creatures created through the interbreeding of the Greek gods and human beings.

The English words ‘genes’ and ‘genetics’ are built around the same root word as gegenes; genea meaning ‘breed’ or ‘kind’. Thus, the choice of this word again suggests a genetic component to the creation of these giants.” (7)

And what about this prophecy from Isaiah:

The vision which Esaias son of Amos saw against Babylon. Lift up a standard on the mountain of the plain, exalt the voice to them, beckon with the hand, open the gates, ye ruler. I give command and I bring them: giants are coming to fulfill my wrath…For behold! the day of the Lord is coming which cannot be escaped, a day of wrath and anger, to make the world desolate…

And Babylon…shall be as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah…It shall never be inhabited… and monsters shall rest there, and devils shall dance there and satyrs shall dwell there…”

(Isaiah 13:1-3, 9, 19-22, [Septuagint Version])

Given what is happening in Babylon (Iraq) and biotechnology today, we may be witnessing the fulfillment of Biblical prophecy


(1) Picken, Jane. Medical Marvels, The Evening Chronicle, April 13, 2007
(2) Wikipedia, The Free Enclyclopedia. Transhumanism, 2 May. 2007. Wikimedia Foundation Inc.
(3) Grassie, William. What does it mean to be Human? A John Templeton Foundation Research Lecture Query, 2006
(4) Case Western Reserve University. Case Law School receives $773,000 NIH grant to develop guidelines for genetic enhancement research: Professor Max Mehlman to lead team of law professors, physicians, and bioethicists in two-year project, April 28, 2006
(5) Kass, Leon R. Life, Liberty and the Defense of Dignity: The Challenge for Bioethics, Encounter Books; 1 edition (October 25, 2002)
(6) Floyd, Chris. Monsters, Inc.: The Pentagon Plan to Create Mutant “Super-Soldiers”, CounterPunch, January 13, 2003
(7) Quayle, Steve. Genesis 6 Giants. Bozeman, MT: End Time Thunder Publishers, 2002.
(8) http://www.ccel.org/bible/brenton/Isaiah/13.html


Climate Change: Washington’s New World Order Weapons

Could chemtrails be part of this agenda?:


Climate Change: Washington’s New World Order Weapons
by Michel Chossudovsky
Professor of Economics, University of Ottawa,
Author of The Globalization of Poverty, second edition,
Common Courage Press, 2000

November 26, 2000

The Americans and the Russians have developed capabilities to manipulate the World’s climate.
Dr. Rosalie Bertell confirms that “US military scientists are working on weather systems as a potential weapon.”


The important debate on global warming under UN auspices provides but a partial picture of climate change; in addition to the devastating impacts of greenhouse gas emissions on the ozone layer, the World’s climate can now be modified as part of a new generation of sophisticated “non-lethal weapons.” Both the Americans and the Russians have developed capabilities to manipulate the World’s climate.

In the US, the technology is being perfected under the High-frequency Active Aural Research Program (HAARP) as part of the (“Star Wars”) Strategic Defence Initiative (SDI). Recent scientific evidence suggests that HAARP is fully operational and has the ability of potentially triggering floods, droughts, hurricanes and earthquakes. From a military standpoint, HAARP is a weapon of mass destruction. Potentially, it constitutes an instrument of conquest capable of selectively destabilising agricultural and ecological systems of entire regions.

While there is no evidence that this deadly technology has been used, surely the United Nations should be addressing the issue of “environmental warfare” alongside the debate on the climatic impacts of greenhouse gases.

Despite a vast body of scientific knowledge, the issue of deliberate climatic manipulations for military use has never been explicitly part of the UN agenda on climate change. Neither the official delegations nor the environmental action groups participating in the Hague Conference on Climate Change (CO6) (November 2000) have raised the broad issue of “weather warfare” or “environmental modification techniques (ENMOD)” as relevant to an understanding of climate change.

The clash between official negotiators, environmentalists and American business lobbies has centered on Washington’s outright refusal to abide by commitments on carbon dioxide reduction targets under the 1997 Kyoto protocol.1 The impacts of military technologies on the World’s climate are not an object of discussion or concern. Narrowly confined to greenhouse gases, the ongoing debate on climate change serves Washington’s strategic and defense objectives.


World renowned scientist Dr. Rosalie Bertell confirms that “US military scientists are working on weather systems as a potential weapon. The methods include the enhancing of storms and the diverting of vapor rivers in the Earth’s atmosphere to produce targeted droughts or floods.”2 Already in the 1970s, former National Security advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski had foreseen in his book “Between Two Ages” that:

“Technology will make available, to the leaders of major nations, techniques for conducting secret warfare, of which only a bare minimum of the security forces need be appraised… Techniques of weather modification could be employed to produce prolonged periods of drought or storm.”

Marc Filterman, a former French military officer, outlines several types of “unconventional weapons” using radio frequencies. He refers to “weather war,” indicating that the U.S. and the Soviet Union had already “mastered the know-how needed to unleash sudden climate changes (hurricanes, drought) in the early 1980s.”3 These technologies make it “possible to trigger atmospheric disturbances by using Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) radar [waves].” 4

A simulation study of future defense “scenarios” commissioned for the US Air Force calls for:

“US aerospace forces to ’own the weather’ by capitalizing on emerging technologies and focusing development of those technologies to war-fighting applications. From enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counterspace control, weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary… In the United States, weather-modification will likely become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications. Our government will pursue such a policy, depending on its interests, at various levels. 5


The High-Frequency Active Aural Research Program (HAARP) based in Gokoma Alaska –jointly managed by the US Air Force and the US Navy– is part of a new generation of sophisticated weaponry under the US Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI). Operated by the Air Force Research Laboratory’s Space Vehicles Directorate, HAARP constitutes a system of powerful antennas capable of creating “controlled local modifications of the ionosphere”. Scientist Dr. Nicholas Begich –actively involved in the public campaign against HAARP– describes HAARP as:

“A super-powerful radiowave-beaming technology that lifts areas of the ionosphere [upper layer of the atmosphere] by focusing a beam and heating those areas. Electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto earth and penetrate everything — living and dead.” 6

Dr. Rosalie Bertell depicts HAARP as “a gigantic heater that can cause major disruption in the ionosphere, creating not just holes, but long incisions in the protective layer that keeps deadly radiation from bombarding the planet.” 7


HAARP has been presented to public opinion as a program of scientific and academic research. US military documents seem to suggest, however, that HAARP’s main objective is to “exploit the ionosphere for Department of Defense purposes.” 8 Without explicitly referring to the HAARP program, a US Air Force study points to the use of “induced ionospheric modifications” as a means of altering weather patterns as well as disrupting enemy communications and radar.9

According to Dr. Rosalie Bertell, HAARP is part of an integrated weapons’ system, which has potentially devastating environmental consequences:

“It is related to fifty years of intensive and increasingly destructive programs to understand and control the upper atmosphere. It would be rash not to associate HAARP with the space laboratory construction which is separately being planned by the United States. HAARP is an integral part of a long history of space research and development of a deliberate military nature. The military implications of combining these projects is alarming. The ability of the HAARP / Spacelab/ rocket combination to deliver very large amount of energy, comparable to a nuclear bomb, anywhere on earth via laser and particle beams, are frightening. The project is likely to be “sold” to the public as a space shield against incoming weapons, or, for the more gullible, a device for repairing the ozone layer. 10

In addition to weather manipulation, HAARP has a number of related uses:

“HAARP could contribute to climate change by intensively bombarding the atmosphere with high-frequency rays… Returning low-frequency waves at high intensity could also affect people’s brains, and effects on tectonic movements cannot be ruled out. 11.

More generally, HAARP has the ability of modifying the World’s electro-magnetic field. It is part of an arsenal of “electronic weapons” which US military researchers consider a “gentler and kinder warfare”.12


HAARP is part of the weapons arsenal of the New World Order under the Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI). From military command points in the US, entire national economies could potentially be destabilized through climatic manipulations. More importantly, the latter can be implemented without the knowledge of the enemy, at minimal cost and without engaging military personnel and equipment as in a conventional war.

The use of HAARP — if it were to be applied– could have potentially devastating impacts on the World’s climate. Responding to US economic and strategic interests, it could be used to selectively modify climate in different parts of the World resulting in the destabilization of agricultural and ecological systems.

It is also worth noting that the US Department of Defense has allocated substantial resources to the development of intelligence and monitoring systems on weather changes. NASA and the Department of Defense’s National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) are working on “imagery for studies of flooding, erosion, land-slide hazards, earthquakes, ecological zones, weather forecasts, and climate change” with data relayed from satellites. 13


According to the Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) signed at the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro: “States have in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations and the principles of international law, the responsibility to ensure that activities within their jurisdiction or control do not cause damage to the environment of other States or of areas beyond the limits of national jurisdiction.” 14

It is also worth recalling that an international Convention ratified by the UN General Assembly in 1997 bans “military or other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects.”15 Both the US and the Soviet Union were signatories to the Convention. The Convention defines “’environmental modification techniques’ as referring to any technique for changing–through the deliberate manipulation of natural processes–the dynamics, composition or structure of the earth, including its biota, lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere or of outer space.” 16

Why then did the UN –disregarding the 1977 ENMOD Convention, as well as its own charter, decide to exclude from its agenda climatic changes resulting from military programs?


In February 1998, responding to a report of Mrs. Maj Britt Theorin –Swedish MEP and longtime peace advocate–, the European Parliament’s Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the HAARP program.17 The Committee’s “Motion for Resolution” submitted to the European Parliament:

“Considers HAARP by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body…; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration… to give evidence to the public hearing into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.” 18.

The Committee’s request to draw up a “Green Paper” on “the environmental impacts of military activities”, however, was casually dismissed on the grounds that the European Commission lacks the required jurisdiction to delve into “the links between environment and defense”. 19 Brussels was anxious to avoid a showdown with Washington.


While there is no concrete evidence of HAARP having been used, scientific findings suggest that it is at present fully operational. What this means is that HAARP could potentially be applied by the US military to selectively modify the climate of an “unfriendly nation” or “rogue state” with a view to destabilizing its national economy.

Agricultural systems in both developed and developing countries are already in crisis as a result of New World Order policies including market deregulation, commodity dumping, etc. Amply documented, IMF and World Bank “economic medicine” imposed on the Third World and the countries of the former Soviet block has largely contributed to the destabilization of domestic agriculture. In turn, the provisions of the World Trade Organization (WTO) have supported the interests of a handful of Western agri-biotech conglomerates in their quest to impose genetically modified (GMO) seeds on farmers throughout the World.

It is important to understand the linkage between the economic, strategic and military processes of the New World Order. In the above context, climatic manipulations under the HAARP program (whether accidental or deliberate) would inevitably exacerbate these changes by weakening national economies, destroying infrastructure and potentially triggering the bankruptcy of farmers over vast areas. Surely national governments and the United Nations should address the possible consequences of HAARP and other “non-lethal weapons” on climate change.


1. The latter calls for nations to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by an average of 5.2 percent to become effective between 2008 and 2012. See Background of Kyoto Protocol at http://www.globalwarming.net/gw11.html

2. The Times, London, 23 November 2000.

3. Intelligence Newsletter, December 16, 1999.

4. Ibid.

5. Air University of the US Air Force, AF 2025 Final Report, http://www.au.af.mil/au/2025/ (emphasis added).

6. Nicholas Begich and Jeane Manning, The Military’s Pandora’s Box, Earthpulse Press, http://www.xyz.net/~nohaarp/earthlight.html See also the HAARP home page at http://www.haarp.alaska.edu/

7. See Briarpatch, January, 2000. (emphasis added).

8. Quoted in Begich and Manning, op cit.

9. Air University, op cit.

10. Rosalie Bertell, Background of the HAARP Program, 5 November, 1996, http://www.globalpolicy.org/socecon/envronmt/weapons.htm

11. Begich and Manning, op cit.

12. Don Herskovitz, Killing Them Softly, Journal of Electronic Defense, August 1993. (emphasis added). According to Herskovitz, “electronic warfare” is defined by the US Department of Defense as “military action involving the use of electromagnetic energy…” The Journal of Electronic Defense at http://www.jedefense.com/ has published a range of articles on the application of electronic and electromagnetic military technologies.

13. Military Space, 6 December, 1999.

14. UN Framework Convention on Climate Change, New York, 1992. See complete text at http://www.unfccc.de/resource/conv/conv_002.html (emphasis added).

15. See Associated Press, 18 May 1977.

16. Environmental Modification Ban Faithfully Observed, States Parties Declare, UN Chronicle, July, 1984, Vol. 21, p. 27.

17. European Report, 7 February 1998.

18. European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy, Brussels, doc. no. A4-0005/99, 14 January 1999.

19. EU Lacks Jurisdiction to Trace Links Between Environment and Defense, European Report, 3 February 1999.

Copyright by Michel Chossudovsky, Ottawa, November, 2000.

All rights reserved. Permission is granted to post this text on non-commercial community internet sites, provided the essay remains intact and the copyright note is displayed. To publish this text in printed and/or other forms contact the author at:

Michel Chossudovsky
Department of Economics,
University of Ottawa, Ottawa, K1N6N5

(Altern. E-mail: chossudovsky@sprint.ca)
fax: 1-514-425-6224
voice mail: 1-613-562-5800, ext. 1415


Video about HAARP:

Senator Murkowski asks questions about the impending dismantling of the HAARP facility in Alaska. Basically the defense related research has been done, they are moving on to other ways of managing the problems the ionosphere poses for radio communication, and nobody wants to pay the $5 Million a year to keep it running for academic research.

A Brief History of Remote Viewing

Image source

If you don’t know anything about remote viewing… well now is the time to check it out. I have made postings about it earlier, and here they are:




And here is the brief history about remote viewing:

Let me begin by saying that as I have studied in the various civilian and military universities I have attended, I have been witness to, and personally held many academic and intellectual views on what the “truth” is about many things.

The author, Felipe Fernandez-Armesto wrote,

“truth, time and history are found in paintings and not in books [or essays] born of the recollections of others.”

As I grow older, I have come to maintain that truth has been and always will be, a matter of one’s perception, captured and held briefly in the moment, and then faded into memory. I teach a segment in Phase I of the Coordinate Remote Viewing class, on truth or reality, as it exists only in the moment, whereas all else in the future or the past is illusion−becoming increasing possibilities in time, increasing interpretations, increasing angles of reconstruction, increasing notions, and amalgams of ideas and emotions. Even when there is an alleged consensus of opinion or recollection of the past−it is really only interpretive data that is “agreed upon.”

Recollection is not fact, in fact, it is only fiction… a creation born in the minds of those who agreed on a version to suit their own agenda… whatever that agenda may be.

For those interested in the “truth” of the latter, you can search the mathematical explanation for these notions, which are supported in the work of physicist and Nobel laureate, P. Dirac, Ph.D. Time drags truth into history, but history itself does not care, only those who attempt to record and recount it care; and they fall victim to their own perceptions and willing acceptance of what is−according to them. The truth about Remote Viewing is trapped between fundamentalists, who believe they have the only truth, and relativists, who refuse to pin it down.

So, what does all of this mean, and why this approach as a preface to a brief history of Remote Viewing?

Simple. I want you to know that this is a version of the history. I want you to know that the history of Remote Viewing should be used to establish a degree of credibility for the art and science of it−and then let it go. The great reverence of the truth of Remote Viewing waits in the future of the human application of this great gift. Too much is wasted in the re-raking of the past, the reconstruction of how it was or how it could have been. Remote Viewing is the promise of what can be−of what is possible for humanity.

When we read history, we must understand that we are reading the account of one individual’s recollection of events narrated in such a way as to capture the consensual beliefs of others that “this version” of the events is simply, as it really was. Therefore, I submit to the reader that truth cannot be viewed as an objective, rather it must be seen as a path. A path of understanding that the only way to know truth is to explore it in a world devoid of the interpretation and filters of others−learning Remote Viewing is one path that will bring about this awareness and ability.

Remote Viewing is not a new phenomenon; the ability has been ours since the beginning of time. The formulation and systemization of theological doctrine as set forth in ancient records present us with countless examples of humanity’s learned and inherent abilities to transcend the physical; to see in the mind’s eye, people, places and events separate from their physical reality.

From the ancient hieroglyphics carved into the walls of forgotten Egyptian tombs, to the “Emerald Tablets of Thoth the Atlantean“, the Urantia Book, A Course in Miracles, the Old Testament, the Koran, the Kabbalah, the Talmud, and the New Testament −to name but a few− all give accounts of journeys out of the physical body, to night flights of soul, to projections of consciousness, et cetera.

However, the most recent history began circa 1972 when the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) learned through various human intelligence sources that the Czechs, Chinese, Soviets, Germans, the Israelis and even the British, were all heavily involved in the study of various aspects of what would be called the “paranormal.”

These investigations were in many ways the spawn of very bizarre programs initiated by the Nazi’s during World War II. While exact details are a matter of historical debate, it is widely held that the Russians captured numerous documents and records held by Adolph Hitler‘s infamous Nazi Occult Bureau, after the fall of the Third Reich. Other documents partial and complete, became the property of various allied intelligence services who elected to study them further in the ensuing years or in some cases, totally ignore their potential.

When the CIA learned of these studies the obvious question was, ‘Do we have such a potential?’ At this juncture, the United States did not have such a capability, nor had they ever really considered it−until now. If all these other “agencies” are involved, then why we not involved? It was clear that the principal intelligence agency for the United States needed to “catch up” to the intelligence collection efforts of the others−at least in this “alternative” method of gathering intelligence.

Late in 1972, CIA scientist Sidney Gottlieb, Chief of the Technical Services Division procured a rather large monetary endowment to initiate the research project that began it all. If the Soviets, and the others were as heavily involved in this research as was being reported − the National Security of the United States could be in jeopardy. Probably, the simple notion that this “eerie capability” might really be out there; and the possibility that we could do it as well, almost certainly drove the CIA’s decision process. You have to admit−it does peek one’s curiosity.

Stanford Research Institute International (SRI) in Palo Alto, California ultimately became the proving ground for what was to eventually be one of the intelligence services’ most controversial, misunderstood and often feared Special Access Programs. The two men initially charged with responsibility to oversee this testing and evaluation program were Russell Targ and Harold Puthoff, Ph.D.; both laser physicists working at SRI.

In my opinion, it is Targ and Puthoff who are clearly the early heroes in all of this. These two men (with others) risked their professional reputations to test and evaluate the possibility that human beings can transcend space and time for the purpose of “viewing” persons, places and things, remote in space and time, and collect useable intelligence information on the same.

Certainly the vast majority of their colleagues would have loved it if this federally sponsored project had consumed its funding and six years of study only to conclude that there was nothing to it−that it was all worthless and the project should be abandoned. However, this was not the case; instead, the answer was just quite the opposite, there was something to this. This phenomenon was credible, it was measurable and definable and trainable. It was certainly not one hundred percent accurate, but then again, neither was anything else in the intelligence collection assets, they all had their limitations.

As long as one understood the limits of the technology, then the technology could be employed as another collector of information − another provider of ‘pieces’ of the jigsaw puzzle that was truth in the espionage game. In short, the CIA was handed a new intelligence collection methodology − psychic spies.

To digress briefly, a New York City artist, author and gifted natural psychic, Ingo Swann became one of Dr. Puthoff’s first test subjects. According to Mr. Swann, he initially participated in a number of pioneering experiments performed under the auspices of the American Society for Psychical Research. Upon being recruited into the project, Mr. Swann worked with Dr. Hal Puthoff at SRI-International’s Radio Physics Laboratory in Menlo Park, California. It was here that Puthoff and Swann−and a number of others−conducted a series of ever-more sophisticated experiments, developing the protocol or structure they ultimately christened “Remote Viewing,” opting for this term over the much debated label of “Remote Sensing.”

According to Mr. Swann he was tasked by the CIA to train ‘others’ in the art and science of Remote Viewing, men who he claimed were bizarre in their manner, mechanistic and cold in their approach to learning Remote Viewing. In a sense, they were there for the training, and then they were gone, never to be seen or heard of again. I use this as one evidence that other Remote Viewing elements existed in the government intelligence agencies.

I cannot accept in any way the notion that only one Remote Viewing program existed; this would go against all philosophies and practices within the military and government intelligence agencies to ‘never put all of your eggs in one basket.’ Who would spend tens of millions of dollars on a program that existed in one place and had only one life to live−I assure you, nobody in the intelligence community.

Recognizing the potential for controversy and public ridicule (if ever discovered), the CIA did what it has always done − distance itself in word and deed from the project. There is an old adage in ‘the community’ that I continually struggled with, ‘Always keep someone between you and the potential problem.’ Therefore, the project(s) was handed off to the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), under the program code name ‘Grill Flame.’


from Whale Website

Major Edward Dames, formerly with the Pentagon’s Defense Intelligence Agency until 1992, was a long-serving member of the highly classified operation GRILL-FLAME, a program that focused on some of the more bizarre possibilities of intelligence gathering and remote interrogation.

Known as “remote viewers,” GRILL-FLAME personnel possessed a marked psychic ability that was put to use “penetrating” designated targets and gathering important intelligence on significant figures. The program operated with two teams: one working out of the top secret NSA facility at Fort George Meade in Maryland, and the other at SRI. Results are said to have been exemplary.

Following the Oliver North debacle, the Secretary of Defense officially terminated GRILL-FLAME, fearing bad publicity if the program were to become known to the public. The leading members of the project — including Dames — immediately relocated to the privately owned and newly formed Psi-Tech, and continue their work to this day, operating under government contract.

In the course of his work, Dames was (and remains) close to many the leading figures and proponents anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons, especially those that operate in the neurological field. During NBC’s “The Other Side” program, Dames stated that “The U.S. Government has an electronic device which could implant thoughts in people.” He refused to comment further. The program was broadcast during April 1995.

It is assumed that the other programs continued to thrive under the oversight and administration of other military services and intelligence agencies. However, the Army’s program, which was originally begun as a counter-intelligence effort was allegedly doing so well that its mission was destined to morph into something else.

The original mission was to evaluate through ‘reverse engineering’ how vulnerable to ‘psychic spying’ U.S. intelligence agencies and their secrets were. This was done to such a degree of accuracy that Department of Defense and Army officials decided to change the emphasis from assessing friendly vulnerabilities to actively collecting intelligence information against America’s Cold War adversaries. Unfortunately, but expectedly, the Remote Viewers had their detractors among many generals, such as Major General Bill Odom, and later Lieutenant General Harry Soyster; upper-level bureaucrats in the Department of Defense and the CIA, and politicians within the White House, Congress and the Senate.

Allegedly, by 1980 all of the Remote Viewing programs were suffering from a lack of popular support. The Army program lost all its funding, lacked any permanent home and was destined for extinction. Several sources within the intelligence community; third parties who either knew of the Remote Viewing programs, or had some level of oversight relative to them, indicated to me that Remote Viewing was not the target−rather is was the entire direction some elements of the intelligence services were taking.

During this era, 1978-1980, the military was in pursuit of such things as ‘The Golden Sphere Concept,’ (the quest for advanced human performance potentials), or the Task Force Delta−Concept Paper, the First Earth Battalion and the Warrior Monk’s Vision, sponsored by Lieutenant Colonel James B. Channon, Colonel Mike Malone and a host of others. Again, not to impugn the work of these men and others, it was simply becoming too far out on the fringe for the comfort of a large number of people.

It could be said that the envelope was being pressed too far, too fast, especially for people who felt that careers could be lost over this kind of project. It didn’t really matter how you expressed it or explained it−this was the application of what the larger percentage of the military and civilian population would call, ‘the paranormal.’ As a sort of ‘knee jerk’ response to it all, many sought to squash anything that resembled unconventional approaches to leadership, tactics, strategy, intelligence collection and the like − Remote Viewing would become collateral damage in the quest to trim the fringe efforts.

Despite everyone’s sudden interest to burn witches, Major General Bert Stubblebine, Commander of the U. S. Army’s Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM), took a personal and active interest in the program. INSCOM was a Washington D.C. based unit. At the time, it existed in an old building complex near the Headquarters for 3rd Army (The Ceremonial Old Guard), and eventually ended up in a new location at Fort Belvoir, Virginia.

In 1983, General Stubblebine directed that the Remote Viewing program be re-designated under a new code name, ‘Center Lane’ and be called the ‘INSCOM Center Lane Program.’ Under this umbrella, General Stubblebine could fund the program directly from INSCOM’s budget without the requirement to justify a budget from any outside agencies or through the Deputy Chief of Staff for Intelligence, the Army’s ranking intelligence officer.

Funding the Remote Viewing project in this way also meant that other units and projects within INSCOM would have to pay the bill−not a good thing when funding is tight across the board in the military. Most commanders would willingly cut something as controversial as Remote Viewing in favor of having more to spend on other more overt and successful projects. This approach sewed seeds of despair throughout INSCOM, and of course met with opposition within his command at the subordinate level as well as with many of his colleagues and superiors.

I have to say that this man, General Stubblebine was another of the unsung heroes of this phenomenon. You see little of him now, and hear him even less. He is a man who trusted much, believed in human possibility and potential and was willing to sacrifice himself to promote the notion that we are indeed more than the physical. Many who knew him before and after the service betrayed him in word and deed−an unforgivable tragedy. Had it not been for General Stubblebine, Remote Viewing may not have lived long enough for the rest of us to be writing, talking about, or teaching it at all.

Fortunately, the SRI team had developed a prototype, ‘improved’ version of Remote Viewing known as “Coordinate Remote Viewing.” The term ‘Coordinate Remote Viewing‘ derived from the early assignment of targeting ‘coordinates’ using latitude and longitude. As the Remote Viewer’s continued to develop ever increasingly accurate information about the targets−the scientists reevaluated the use of latitude and longitude−assuming the Viewer’s had memorized the globe and were to a degree using the latitude and longitude ‘coordinates’ to locate portions of the globe through memory.

It was suspected that if they were indeed remembering a place on the face of the earth based solely on its physical location, then their descriptions of ‘perceived’ basic textures, colors, temperatures, dimensional aspects, et cetera of the target were not really due to Remote Viewing skills−they were simply working on memory. In reality, this was not the case, but the scientists did what they were supposed to do−suspect and inspect everything in accordance with scientific protocols.

Most of us never practice science−we merely become compilers and communicators of it. Most in this genre of work like to call themselves parapsychologists, and that is a grave mistake. In the quest for truth in Remote Viewing, there were no real parapsychologists as they are nothing more than individuals masquerading as scientists, alleging they can prove Remote Viewing, mind reading, telekinesis, psychokinesis and a host of other paranormal mysteries.

Many reputable authors, scientists and certainly skeptics refer to parapsychologists as pseudo-scientists, meaning they espouse a system of methods and assumptions they erroneously regards as scientific−I am very pleased to say this was not the case at SRI. Had SRI and those scientists affiliated with the project not worked completely and thoroughly under the protocols of their field, the door for skeptical analysis would have been left wide open. It was, and remains the scientific procedure used to evaluate and develop this protocol of Remote Viewing that has kept it from the pseudo-skeptic wolves all these years.

A note on skeptics at this point, because I feel it is critical that the reader have a clear understanding of who is debunking this work and exactly what their ‘scientific’ background is or isn’t and what motivates their skepticism. I have been interviewed several hundred times on radio and probably fifty times on television all over the world. In about twenty percent of those interviews and appearances I’ve had the distinct pleasure of having a counter position representative from the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal, (CSICOPs) or some other ‘skeptical’ committee. I agree with Dr. Raymond Moody‘s description of these men, as he likens them to the hecklers of nightclub comedians−that is to say, what they really crave is not excellence in science, but more attention for themselves.

Most self-proclaimed skeptics are not skeptics at all. They are ideologists who think they have the answers. The ideology they espouse is known as scientism, the belief that the methods and assumptions of the natural sciences are the only ones appropriate for the pursuit of knowledge. Scientism is an open value judgment that other disciplines conform their techniques of investigation to those of the physical and biological sciences.

These ‘skeptics’ are in fact not interested in science; rather, they are fueling some sort of social movement against the possibility and promise of humanity. Knowing what they espouse, consider this fact: that if it Remote Viewing cannot be explained by science (their science), then it cannot exist at all, it must be a hoax or at best wishful thinking, certainly a waste of taxpayers money. These skeptics openly use electricity when there is not a physicist on the planet who can explain in anything but theoretical terms how electricity travels along a copper wire.

The scientists at SRI could not tell you how Remote Viewing works, not really, they can theorize and that has been the only ‘ah ha,’ for skeptics − the same people who accept the unexplained movement of electricity because it conveniences them. I would be a lot more impressed if they lived like Ted Kazinski and then argued what cannot be explained in the realm of scientism. Thank God for the real scientists at SRI.

It would be simplistic to expect the history of something once highly classified − hidden from the reality of the masses − something that is eventually perceived through the senses to keep an exact pace with the revealed history of science and recall. In the Pirates of Penzance and Call Me Madam, there are famous duets that combine completely different tunes, sung simultaneously without confusing the singers. The histories of the art and science of Remote Viewing are much like this: their rhythms have matched each other closely, but they started on different notes and beats and sustained complementary but contrasting melodies. Again, thank God, for the real scientists of SRI who understood this notion, and who pressed the boundaries of human possibility beyond all expectation.

Now back to the history−after considering a number of options, the ‘coordinate system’ was revised to use the random assignment of numbers to represent the ‘concept’ (or thought form) of the target; hence, the term Coordinate Remote Viewing. For the reader to learn more about what all of this means, you will really need to take a course in Remote Viewing, as this theory it is a large segment of the lecture, and is well outside the scope of this essay.

Around the time of Center Lane’s debut, the Army and SRI signed a training contract, which led to five military and Department of Defense (DOD) civilian personnel being trained in the new Remote Viewing technique at SRI facilities. In 1986, INSCOM transferred the unit to DIA, under the Directorate of Science and technology and changed its code name to “Sun Streak.” Early in the 1990s, it went through yet another code name change−this time to “Star Gate,” the name by which it became known to world when the program was declassified in 1995.

During its lifetime, the Remote Viewing unit collected intelligence against a broad range of targets: strategic missile forces, political leaders−theirs and ours, counter narcotics operations, research and development facilities, hostage situations, military weapons systems, secret installations, technology developments, terrorist groups; the list was staggering, and the successes were many−as were the failures. Failures yes, sometimes with limited useable results, yes. Nevertheless, consider what we are talking about.

We are talking about a military Remote Viewer sitting alone or with a monitor and entering an altered state of consciousness. In this condition, the Viewer copies a set of randomly assigned numbers (the coordinates), that represent the ‘concept of the target in the mind of the collective unconscious. Then, using the protocols of the process, the Viewer begins detecting and decoding relevant visual and verbal sensory data pertaining to the target; and does this with an accuracy level averaging thirty to thirty-five percent−from absolutely nothing. Even on a bad day, this innate ability within each of us−is nothing but spectacular!

In 1995, Congress directed that CIA take back responsibility for the program from DIA, DS-T. This was principally due to the fact that Psychic Warrior: Inside the CIA’s Star Gate Program, was being printed by St. Martin’s Press despite the efforts of the agency and former members of the unit to stop the publication. The CIA was concerned, a book is considered durable media and will be around for a long time, and even though this was not the first book on Remote Viewing, it was the first book written by a psychic spy who was linking Remote Viewing to the military and to the CIA − now that was cause for concern. The CIA knew it was going to be spread all over the media−even more than it was already being spread.

Historically, when there is controversy in the wind, the agency exercises its right to opt out at the most opportune moment. When this option fails, usually due to a timing error−then the only thing to do is tell your version of the story first. What followed was an extremely well executed media blitz, which included Ted Kopel, Larry King and a variety of major new papers across the country and in Europe.

What Americans should be asking themselves at this point is,

“Why would the CIA make a decision to tell the people of the world about this program?”

What purpose did it serve? Were they suddenly afraid that the autobiographical Psychic Warrior was going to steer you in the wrong direction? Did they feel that they needed to make sure you knew the truth, first, from them? Let the reader be the judge.

Later that year, under the cover of being an “objective” study by the American Institutes for Research (AIR), a reputable Washington DC think tank − the CIA commissioned the services of one of the most well-known ‘scientific skeptics’ in the country. The final report was designed to skew the assessment of the accuracy and usability of intelligence from the Remote Viewing program to such a degree that the “program” after twenty plus years of use, would be deemed as “totally useless” as an intelligence collection resource.

In mid-1995, the program was cancelled and two weeks before Psychic Warrior hit the bookshelves the program was disbanded and the buildings were bulldozed and hauled away. Coincidence−I don’t think so−the impact of a writer’s work often exceeds his intention. However, the CIA did conveniently keep for itself all the personnel spaces that were transferred from DIA, DS-T, which is additional evidence to fuel the suspicion that the program lives on in all of it original service variations. As I said early in this history, the intelligence community does not place all of its eggs in one basket.

The CIA would never have left an entire collection methodology open to the potential destruction of one rogue who might write a book about it. Rather, they would keep the technology safe via a standard process of compartmentalization. If one cell is compromised, then all others would merely go deeper black. The government will never abandon Remote Viewing − it proved far too valuable for the money it cost. What it will do, is make sure that it never makes the mistake again of letting such a controversial and potentially far reaching technology raise to the surface, watch it more closely and watch who you train to do it.

Therein ends the history −assuming that if you read this far− you really needed one. What is truly significant here, is that you move past all of this, and discover what Remote Viewing is now, and what it can be in the future. As I said to you in the beginning, there are many variations of this story and there always will be. I’m reminded of Kant’s intuition, and scientific reliance on the senses he called ‘Gestalt theory’ or isomorphism. This theory prompted him to maintain that, ‘Truth is whatever makes you live your life better.

‘Only the truth which edifies is truth.’

Remote Viewing is truth! It is an empowering art and science that will open the possibilities within you, creating doorways to levels of understanding never thought attainable. Accept the possibility that you are more than the physical, learn to transcend space and time to view persons places and things remote in space and time−and the know you are more than the physical.

When people stop believing in something, they do not believe in nothing; they believe in everything − never stop believing in you. Seek truth, find knowledge − and through the art and science of Remote Viewing − become wisdom.


Fritz Springmeier Interview – on The Illuminati and Mind Control Slavery

You may have heard about the Illuminati through history or in the music business, but do you really know what it means? It’s a long story, but here Fritz Springmeier tells his part about the story:

Wayne Morris:

Good morning, welcome to the International Connection. This is show #35 in the radio series on Mind Control and over the next few shows we are going to be talking to Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler, co-authors of the “Illuminati Formula Used to Create an Undetectable Total Mind Control Slave” and “Deeper Insights“, books about trauma based conditioning mind control. Fritz is a researcher about the Illuminati and minister to mind control victims. Cisco Wheeler says she is from a generational Illuminati family and that trauma-based mind control was perpetrated against her from birth. We will hear the interview with Cisco in a couple of weeks, and today we are going to hear an interview with Fritz Springmeier. Fritz talks about the Illuminati families and how they have used mind control to consolidate their power throughout history. You are listening to CKLN 88.1 FM.

I am speaking with Fritz Springmeier author, lecturer and minister to mind control survivors. Welcome to the show Fritz.

Fritz Springmeier:

Thank you and hello to all you listeners out there in radioland. I encourage you to participate with our program today because we are going to be speaking about some important things that affect your life and will affect the lives of your grandchildren.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to start off with asking you how you first came across the information about government mind control.

Fritz Springmeier:

Government mind control overlaps with many other things – it overlaps with a higher government and a secret world government called the Illuminati. As I investigated the Illuminati I had to also learn about their front that they operate. They hide behind the veil of National Security. They use our patriotism against us and make us think that for our own interest, for our own security of our own nations, that we have to subject ourselves to all the secrecy that they impose upon us.

Wayne Morris:

Did you come across all the information about mind control through your research into the Illuminati, or vice versa?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes, through the Illuminati. That’s not to say that I hadn’t been watching the government too, but a lot of what we see out front is just that – it’s a front and if we really want to understand what’s going on, we have to look behind that front.

Wayne Morris:

Maybe you could explain to our listeners, to your understanding, who are the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

The Illuminati are the movers and shakers of the world. They are an elite group of bloodlines – I call these tribes or families – there are 13 major bloodlines. They are what are called “generational satanists”. That means that they have practiced their secret witchcraft for many centuries and they have passed their religion down from one generation to the next. They lead double lives. They have one life that the world sees and then they have a hidden life that the world doesn’t see. There have been very few people that have been able to break through the secrecy. They have taken secrecy to a fine art that I would never have believed that anyone could achieve until I started getting into this, and there have been very few people over the years that have broken through that secrecy at all. There was a man named John Robison who wrote Proofs of a Conspiracy against all the religions and governments in Europe carried on in the secret meetings of the Freemasons, the Illuminati and reading societies. That came out in 1798 and the Bavarian government, by raiding several safe houses of the Illuminati, captured original Illuminati documents back at that time period which were bound and sent out to all the governments entitled: “Die Originalschriften des Illuminatens Ordens” (sp?) as the German title the Bavarian government gave it.

But in modern times there have been very few people that have been able to talk about the Illuminati as it exists today, and that’s been my job. To bring to the world who these people are, what their traditions are, what they are doing, everything about them. The reason I am giving a longer version here to your question is that when someone asks who or what are the Illuminati, they do not think like we do. People often times interpret things around them in terms of how they themselves think or their own world view. If you want to understand the Illuminati, you have to understand that these people do not think like you or I.

In just one area alone, that is a large percentage of these people are programmed multiple personalities and just that in itself creates a whole different thinking pattern from those of us who are not multiple.

Wayne Morris:

When you say the Illuminati, is this the same group that is documented that Adam Weishaupt had started back in 1776 in Bavaria? Is this the same group?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s the same group. He actually didn’t start the organization, it goes way back. These are oligarchical families that are extremely powerful and if you go back in history and ask yourself the question, “when did the elite, powerful, oligarchical families ever give up their power?” You can’t find any point in history. These are the families that – some of these bloodlines go clear back to Nimrod. The Rothschild secret genealogy that they have secretly written down through the centuries, traces their genealogy back to Nimrod. These people were the ones that controlled the mystery religions. There was a supreme council that sat over all of these mystery religions of the ancient world. They were an extremely powerful priesthood, and they chose to go underground for many years and continue working behind the scenes. But they never left.

At the end of WWII there was a committee that was sent out throughout Europe to do a study of all of the churches that had been destroyed by the war, and they discovered that in most of these Christian churches (80%) they found that where the Christian alter had been, when these churches had been destroyed, underneath these alters were pagan alters that had been uncovered. So what you have is that a lot of these cathedrals were built on lay lines that were very powerful occult spiritual points and on after hours these churches were used for what we would call satanic rituals. So this has been going on secretly for many centuries.

Wayne Morris:

And you are saying that the Illuminati are responsible for infiltrating these churches?

Fritz Springmeier:

These are our movers and shakers, very powerful bloodlines. For instance, one of these bloodlines includes all of your royal families of Europe. They are the people that have been in control. If you look at a lot of these nation states, you will notice that at the head of their church are their kings and queens.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned there are 13 families in the generations of the Illuminati families? Can you name them?

Fritz Springmeier:

I came out with a book that was specifically designed to go family by family and discuss them. The top 13 bloodlines are the Astors, Bundy, Collins, Dupont, Freeman, Kennedy, Leigh, Onassis, Rockefellers, Rothschild, Russell … then there is a 13th bloodline which is the Merovingian bloodline. I just simple call it the 13th and then there is the Van Duyne Illuminati bloodline. The 13th bloodline, the Merovingian, is extremely important. It includes the royal families of Europe. In my Volume I book which covers the Top Thirteen Illuminati Bloodlines, that’s the title to it, I don’t go into the Merovingian bloodline so much because there came out a trilogy of books, “The Holy Blood and the Holy Grail” and two other books by their authors – Baigent, Leigh and Lincoln – which is so good in discussing this bloodline that wasn’t any real reason for me to go into it.

For instance Prince Charles would be part of that. If you look at Prince Charles, you will notice in his genealogy he is related to our Presidents Washington, Jefferson, Madison, both of the Harrisons, Tyler, Taylor, George Bush. Bush’s vice president, Dan Quayle, was also related to the royal family. Prince Charles is also related to Mrs. Woodrow Wilson. Here in the USA the concept is that we have all of these individuals who have been selected to run this country who are unrelated to each other — and yet it is quite the contrary.

I have been told when they dedicated George Bush’s library in Texas recently, that President Carter mentioned that he was reading a recently published book about the Presidents being somehow related to each other.

Wayne Morris:

When did you first realize the existence of the Illuminati? What information came your way to spark your interest?

Fritz Springmeier:

Everybody has probably heard of Jehovah’s Witnesses and how they would go out and knock on people’s doors. I was the opposite. I was a Christian missionary to bring Jehovah’s Witnesses to Christ and I was getting tired of working with these little Jehovah’s Witnesses on the street, and I was praying to God to be given the power to decapitate the authoritarian organization that is over these Jehovah’s Witnesses. At that point, I got my prayer answered. I got this confidential information that the heads of the Watchtower Society were collaborating with the heads of the Latter Day Saints church. That information totally changed my life. I had bumped into the Illuminati and their mind control, and I am not to single out the Watchtower Society and the Mormon church because I found out that their infiltration and control is pretty well right across the whole spectrum. Your Christian organizations in general have been infiltrated and controlled from behind the scenes.

This is when I first bumped into the Illuminati. I had learned about 20 years previous to this what a lot of people are already aware of about the Council of Foreign Relations, Trilaterial Commission and these types of groups, the Bilderbergers – but there is a whole other level to things. When I started getting into reading, researching and trying to help people that wanted out of the Illuminati to get out – I started getting in at that level. Then I had to work with the mind control. One thing led to another.

Wayne Morris:

What is the relationship of the groups you just mentioned to the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are a lot of groups around the world that are making decisions that are controlling things from behind the scenes and these particular groups are fronts for the Illuminati. Not fronts in the sense that they have no actual purpose, they serve a purpose. But there is a hidden level of control back behind them.

Wayne Morris:

In terms of the Illuminati families and the whole organization itself, what are their goals? Why have they infiltrated so many of these organizations?

Fritz Springmeier:

Ultimately it’s to bring in what people have termed the New World Order with a man who will hold the world’s attention and carry the title The Antichrist. That’s the ultimate goal and I am not trying to wax religious on people but that’s just the simple fact. When you get into deprogramming people you will see that a lot of the things they have been programmed to do tie in with a very sophisticated plan to unify the world under the reign of the Antichrist.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned that the Illuminati group has used mind control to further their goals. How did you first come into this? You have been working with your partner, Cisco Wheeler, who I understand was an Illuminati mind control victim. How did you first meet and realize what was going on there?

Fritz Springmeier:

She was trying to break free of her mind control. What I stumbled upon was, at least in my opinion, the greatest slavery involved in all history. You had four high level Illuminati women who had been teamed together. They had all become Christians and were trying to break free and had become a support system for each other. Here I was a researcher of the Illuminati, there’s a lot to try and explain. When you are under the mind control, there is a lot of programming not to reveal the secrets. It is very difficult for someone who has been in the Illuminati and received their standard mind control to not divulge what is going on, so it made it much easier to work with me that I had already done my homework, and they knew I was going to understand what they were talking about. They didn’t have to say a lot to communicate certain things, because I was already aware and that saved them from a lot of the grief from the program kicking in for having talked too much.

Cisco was part of this group attempting to escape the mind control, and I got involved in their lives and did what I could to help them. I brought Cisco out of the Illuminati and in return my learning curve about the Illuminati was greatly increased because I was given inside information from these people and a number of other people. Like I say, trying to understand the secret organization, the secret bloodlines is very difficult, because one has to stand outside of one’s own culture and own way of thinking and understand these people as they think, and they do not think like we do. Being able to work with these people who were in the Illuminati was very valuable.

Wayne Morris:

Because they have used mind control techniques on their own family members throughout the years?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yes. They have been carrying out this mind control on their own people as well as others for centuries and this has all been a very closely guarded secret. It’s one of the reasons why they have been able to carry out so much to implement this New World Order without people being able to figure out there is such a thing as a worldwide unified conspiracy. They are very skilled in knowing how to bring things about so they appear natural.

Wayne Morris:

What is the purpose of them using mind control on their own family members?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s really essential. If you are going to participate in the Illuminati secret life, being a programmed multiple is basic. There are a few in the Illuminati who aren’t programmed multiples, but considering what one has to participate in. You’ve got a number of standard rituals involved – St. Weinbald, St. Agnes, Grand Climax, Walpurgis, Beltane, all your solstices and equinoxes, Lamas, All Hallow’s Eve, High Grand Climax — all of these standard rituals. These rituals are very horrific. They involved human sacrifice. Sacrifices of babies on the High Grand Climax. On various Sabbats you’ve got a young female or a male being sacrificed.

This is not something that the normal mind is going to be able to handle. The mind control and the creation of multiple personalities where you get a Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde effect – is very crucial to this thing continuing from generation to generation.

Wayne Morris:

They really use the multiple personalities to facilitate this double life that they have to lead … before we get into the techniques that they use for mind control and the details of that, you mentioned they seem to have a belief system as well. Could you talk about that?

Fritz Springmeier:

The Illuminati is the continuation of the Mystery Religions and as someone comes an adept of the Illuminati they have to learn a whole series of paths. They give the different types of cult knowledge names from the 12 Apostles plus the 13th is called the Holy Grail. These men and women become very skilled in occult knowledge and I am not sure how much I should go into that, but I guess what I am trying to say is that they will be trained in alchemy, in Indian sorcery, Druidism, Enochian magik, Gnosticism, Hermetic magik, cabbalism, Plato, Sufism – they will know all the different branches of occult systems.

Wayne Morris:

How do they use that information? Do they incorporate elements of all of those occult belief systems into their own?

Fritz Springmeier:

It all ties in together. The idea is to amass occult power to yourself and that’s the reason why the Collins family was brought into the top 13 bloodlines. Of course the Merovingian Dynasty had a lot of magik power and a lot of political power, but the Collins family which was Scottish had extremely powerful occult powers so it was brought in to be one of the top occult lines because they were such powerful black magicians. Cabbalism and the 26 path workings – this is all very important in the work that they do, and it all ties in with the mind control too. But most of the therapists out there are secular or approach it from the secular angle, and as they deal with these mind control victims’ programming, they don’t touch on the spiritual aspect. What I am trying to say is that their religious beliefs can’t be separated from the mind control. It is an integral part of that.

Wayne Morris:

Do the Illuminati worship a single being such as Lucifer?

Fritz Springmeier:

You’ve got different levels in which people operate within the Illuminati. There is the anarchy level which is your common witchcraft coven, and then you’ve got your hierarchy level. On the anarchy level there are thousands and thousands of covens. I have listed the addresses and names of hundreds of these in one of my books. These covens are very eclectic. They can have their own traditions, their own rituals. There is a wide variety of practices on the anarchy level … that’s what it looks like, is total anarchy. One doesn’t see any connection.

Above that is your hierarchy level where you would have Asmodeus, your Grand Masters, and Mothers of Darkness, Grandmothers, Granddaughters. If you are a programmed multiple, you can function at many different levels. You can have one personality in this coven, and another personality in that coven and this personality that is in the Masonic Lodge, and another in this hierarchy ceremony, another participating in another Satanic ritual. It is very broken up. One of the reasons why it is not easy to answer your question is basically everything we understood about human behaviour and how to gauge or judge people is obsolete. The mind control, by creating programmed multiple personalities, has made all of our ways of judging people obsolete.

Within the Illuminati the supreme goal is to balance their good deeds with their bad deeds, they are dualists. They are Luciferians at the highest level. That’s why your greatest philanthropist will very often be your highest ranking satanist. What they are trying to do with their philanthropy is self serving when you actually look at it. It’s not as generous as it appears. They are trying to do good deeds and balance those with their bad deeds, they believe in balance in their religion. It’s a gnostic luciferianism.

Wayne Morris:

I think it might be difficult for the people listening to understand how somebody could be in public doing good deeds and having a good public image, and at the same time having this very dark side. I don’t know if you have read the recent Judith Spencer book, “Satan’s High Priest”. It really illustrates how that works very clearly. It’s a true story about one particular satanic cult, a high priest, and his rise to that.

Fritz Springmeier:

No I haven’t read the book, but I am glad that you brought that out to the listeners. The way that someone can begin to see the Illuminati is to start looking at how these people are above the wars and the rest of what we have to suffer. For instance Pierre Samuel Dupont, during the French Revolution, all kinds of people around Pierre lost their heads and yet, for some strange reason, Samuel Dupont managed to “keep his head” when so many hundreds of people were losing theirs to the guillotine. One person who was influential in protecting him was Necker’s daughter, Madame Germaine Destael. She ran a cat-house, but anyway she was intimate friends with St. Simon and St. Simon’s disciples were saying at that point in time in the early 1800’s that the target date for the New World Order would be the year 2000.

Another example in history, and I brought this out in the Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines book, is when the U.S. went to war right after Pearl Harbor, within a few days, President Roosevelt came out with a Presidential Decree which was a semi-secret amendment to the Trading with the Enemy Act, and it made it legal for certain people to trade with the enemy, if they were given permission by the American Secretary of the Treasury who at that time was Hans Morgenthale. I copied the paper work out of the Federal Code of Regulations. They actually have this Presidential Decree where if he wanted to exempt somebody, he could allow them to trade with the enemy. Who were the people that were given that privilege? Rockefellers and Onassis, both of them Illuminati kingpins. During WWII every ship that was a Greek merchant ship was sunk during the War by one side or the other. Something happened and essentially all of the Greek shippers lost their vessels. There was one Greek shipper, Aristotle Onassis, who didn’t lose a single ship and his vessels sailed through all the war zones. None of the Allies or the Axis powers ever attacked his ships. For something like that to happen, you have to have full collaboration at the highest level. You see these kinds of things going like – Pierre Samuel Dupont, Aristotle Onassis. Then you are looking at somebody who is Illuminati. They sit above all these conflicts that they create for all the common people.

Wayne Morris:

This way of bypassing trading with the enemy regulations, how has this been utilized with regard to WWII or the Bolshevik revolution for that matter?

Fritz Springmeier:

In fact there is an entire book out – I think the title is “Trading with the Enemy”, it came out in 1983 and answers your question. Rockefeller Standard Oil shipped gas and oil to Spain which then piped it directly to the Nazis. The Allies knew that Rockefeller was supplying the Germans. That prolonged the War a couple of year. But you don’t hear about this by establishment historians. There was a lot of important trading during WWII was necessary to sustain the Nazi war machine.

And you mentioned the Bolshevik revolution. Again you will see there was a lot of finances sent from, as you are probably well aware and some listeners are aware, from Kuhn Laib (sp) and Company and some of these other llumaniti people, and that money was used by the Bolsheviks to finance the revolution. There were a lot of other agreements made at that time and things done to help them out. There is a lot going on behind the scenes.

Wayne Morris:

It seems like they are promoting a strategy of tension where they are funding both sides and basically profiting from the resultant conflicts that they are fomenting.

Fritz Springmeier:

One could go on and on. For instance Heinrich Mueller who was head of the Gestapo – you will notice that at one point he took an old Jewish family and he himself had to personally carry their suitcases to his own car and when he got them to the Swiss border, he carried their suitcases. The Swiss bodyguards by the way, were laughing seeing the head of Gestapo helping an old Jewish family escape Nazi Germany. When the listener out there starts seeing these kinds of things, now that you have heard me talk, you can begin to realize that there is a hidden level out there, way beyond what the common person is allowed to see at that Illuminati level. These are the people who are collaborating behind the scenes where you have Catholics and Protestants and Jehovah’s Witnesses and Mormon leaders – you think these people are at each other’s throats – but they are key Illuminati people who are secretly collaborating.

Wayne Morris:

In talking about the Illuminati, I think a number of people may have difficulty believing that there is a Unified Liberal Conspiracy to control the world. Even myself, up until recently, until I started researching into the mind control, I thought the Illuminati was a fictitious group. In doing your research about the Illuminati, what were some of your other sources of information besides the people on the inside that had escaped?

Fritz Springmeier:

My sources, besides my eye witnesses, were interviewing a number of honest law enforcement and private investigators – in fact some of these people are still ongoing friends of mine. Over the years I have studied thousands of books, and thousands of documents which has meant going to special libraries, such as the Genealogical Library at Salt Lake City. I have interviewed and worked with many therapists and I have taken off and travelled to sites where programming is done, where rituals are done, where crimes have been committed. For instance in Washington state, a number of hours from here, there is a full scale replica of Stonehenge. Below this replica of Stonehenge which sits on a hill, is a cemetery a number of feet away and Illuminati rituals are done at that cemetery. That’s an example of a place that I have gone and looked at for myself.

I need to bring in another concept here that is important to research. It’s not all simply just getting a lot of interviews and the facts because the raw facts aren’t going to do it. When I was in college and I was taking counselling, the psychologist who was teaching the class gave some excellent advice. He said, “when you are listening to people or examining a situation, don’t look at the details but look at the process. The details may throw you for a loop because people will lie, they will give contradictory information. Look at the process.” That’s a very good principle. What I have been doing is analyzing a lot of raw data, raw facts and interview information, and I have been putting together a coherent puzzle. That means you have to overlook a lot of disinformation.

Wayne Morris:

In the late seventies there was a certain amount of information about CIA mind control that came out to the public, and I would like to know what you think are the problems inherent in trying to prove the existence of mind control to a general audience through government documentation?

Fritz Springmeier:

The problems with trying to expose things through government documentation are one, the documentation has been destroyed or tampered with and to get the government involved in exposing these things, what you are basically doing is asking a bunch of criminals, that’s what they are even thought they work in government positions, to expose themselves with paperwork. That’s just not the way things work. When we think about the Nazis, they were trying to destroy all traces of their crimes. They tried, they didn’t succeed. That gives me some hope that even though a great percentage of the proof of the mind control in terms of government documentation has been destroyed, I am still convinced that tons of documents still exist. But I think even better than those tons of documents are the living proof we have in the tens of thousands of identified living victims.

The other side to the problem of getting government documents is that then you have to have some way to broadcast that to the public at large and we have a controlled media, and unfortunately the media is very tight with the government. You can really question whether you would ever see our controlled media fully expose to the proper degree the people that need to be exposed.

Wayne Morris:

It seems highly unlikely that the mainstream media is going to be investigating this. It’s more likely to be coming from independent investigation and independent publishers of this information.

Fritz Springmeier:

I would love to see the places where the records are kept broken into and these records exposed, but the only way I can see this happening would be if there was a revolution on the magnitude of what happened in Eastern Europe where Stasi records and things like this were exposed to the light of day.

Wayne Morris:

Do you think a government investigation into the mind control experiments, similar to what has happened with the Tuskegee syphilis and the radiation experiments would actually bring out information?

Fritz Springmeier:

I believe it would bring out information. That’s true. However, for the government to investigate this is like asking the fox how much of a threat he is to chickens. The fox is going to tell us something, enough to satisfy us, but I am real leery about giving the government another chance to push some ulterior agenda. The bottom line is that a government investigation is going to cost us more tax dollars, and I think people sometimes forget that every time they send their government scurrying around doing something that it comes out of their pocketbook.

Wayne Morris:

Do you think there is any benefit though, to society as a whole, in terms of having a government investigation going on, and having the government at least admit they did do these kinds of experiments? Is there any benefit to the people as a whole in trying to expose this?

Fritz Springmeier:

As a whole? The way you ask your question is going to reflect the way I answer. No, it will not. The reason why I say this is that earlier on the US Congress had Rockefeller investigate the CIA. Rockefeller investigate the CIA!?! (Laughs) Of course his investigating committee came up with abuses, they have got to find something wrong, but the thing of it is that it makes Rockefeller look like a good fellow. “Oh look he’s a crusader who is trying to expose the bad guys.” They always throw in an ulterior agenda. If they are going to do something against themselves, they use it as another opportunity to work on some other agenda. If they expose A, B and C about mind control, then they are probably doing it in a way so they are misdirecting people’s attention from their latest technology through an older model that they have discontinued, or something like that. They are going to work in some ulterior agenda that when it’s all said and done, it has actually done a disservice.

Wayne Morris:

How do you think the information about mind control has been kept from public attention for so long?

Fritz Springmeier:

As we mentioned just a little bit earlier, we have a controlled media and in a number of my publications I have gone into detail and showed who is in control of the media, and how these people are Illuminati members or participating in their Illuminati fronts. I document how the Rockefellers, and the Rothschilds and the William Randolph Hearsts – Illuminati kingpins – control the media. I think it’s appropriate a couple of anecdotes.

I was visiting one day with a Christian minister and he was asking me what I did since I worked full time exposing the mind control and helping victims of mind control, and exposing the New World Order’s agenda. I was honest with him, and told him that and in the course of doing that I mentioned something about the controlled media and boy he hit the roof. He went ballistic on me because just prior to becoming a minister he had been an ABC reporter. He said, “there is no control over the media! I was allowed to write and have any stories that I wanted!” I said, “whoa, slow down, let me ask you some questions.” When you were hired, your superior hired you and kept you on because he liked the way you thought and the way you wrote … and likewise his superior liked the way he thought and the way he wrote … and on and on down the line. If anybody had written or thought in ways that weren’t the approved ways of thinking and writing you would have gotten in trouble, wouldn’t you. He said “yes.” I said, that’s it … when I work with victims of mind control they can’t see that they are under programming. As long as they do exactly what the programming asks them to do, they don’t know that they are in programming. The only time that they know that there is any programming there is if they step out and act against it. If you are running with the wind behind your back or if you are in a stream and you are floating down the stream, you don’t notice the current. But when you try to swim upstream is when you really notice the power of the current. So if you as a reporter step out of what their expectations are, that’s when you get clobbered and you realize there is a lot of heavy force behind going against the direction the way they want to go in. He said, “you’re right.” I said if you had written an article that had been contrary to the way your boss thought, you would have been in trouble, wouldn’t you? He said, “yes, you are right, I see your point.”

That’s my point. People don’t notice the control until you start bucking against that control and then you are going to find out how much control there is over our entire society.

Wayne Morris:

It seems that control in the newsrooms is almost at an unspoken level, and often for a lot of reporters it’s an economic motivation as well. The stories that their editors do get accepted, the stories the editors don’t like don’t get accepted and the reporters don’t get paid for it. They very quickly appreciate what their editors are going to accept and print.

Fritz Springmeier:


Wayne Morris:

I would like to talk about the mind control that the Illuminati have used and the techniques therein. What is your understanding of the forms of mind control they have used?

Fritz Springmeier:

The phrase that I like to use is “Total Mind Control” because it totally controls the person – body, soul and spirit. And the common person out there has never really imagined that something so all-encompassing or so horrendous or so totally powerful even exists. The type of mind control the Illuminati use – I think some people think “oh, mind control – television – yeah – subliminals.” No. I am talking about something that is 1000 or 10,000 times more powerful. This mind control is totally undetectable and it totally controls the person and it uses every known technique of controlling a person wrapped up in a sophisticated group package. That’s one of the important things that a lot of people have not emphasized – that it’s not one technique, but what makes this total mind control of the Illuminati so powerful is that it’s a sophisticated group package incorporating all of the known techniques of control. All of these methods have been carefully interwoven. When you listen to someone from an intelligence agency, occasionally they have talked similar to this, where they will say, “we tried such and such a technique but it only worked in 70% of the cases so we couldn’t use it … and we tried this technique and it only worked part of the time.” But what they are not telling you is that if you take a method that works only 70% of the time and match that to another technique that works 60% of the time, and another technique that works 50% of the time and you have 100 techniques wrapped up together like that, you make a package deal that totally locks the victim in to the control.

Wayne Morris:

Can you talk about some of these techniques individually and how they were used as a group package?

Fritz Springmeier:

When I started out to describe to people what was going on, I had files and files. I had about 150 files of different techniques. I was thinking to myself, well I can’t talk about 150 techniques, that’s too overwhelming for people. I thought and realize that all of these techniques broke down into 12 sciences. One of the sciences is the science of trauma and torture. Others is how to use applied drugs to control a person; their ability to use mental states such as hypnosis, dissociation, the trance states; their skill at deceiving people and deceiving the victim themselves. One needs to understand that the victims of the Illuminati mind control do not even know themselves that they are under control. So there is a lot of skill in using fiction and deceit and fronts and covers. There is a science of using spiritual things to control a person. In fact actually that is perhaps one of the major, if not ’the major’ method of controlling a person.

There is a science of using spiritual things to control a person. In fact actually that is perhaps one of the major, if not the major method of controlling a person. One of the things that’s not political popular today for people today in science to admit is that mankind has a spiritual side to them, but humans do have a spiritual side to them and the Illuminati understand how to spiritually control someone. Their understanding of that has boggled my mind. They have only allowed the common people including the Christian people – the crumbs so to speak – even our ministers have only been given the crumbs on how to develop a person spiritually.

Wayne Morris:

And how do you feel they have developed this and gained this knowledge?

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot of this began back in the Sleep Temples of the Egyptians. We go back to your Egyptian priesthood and the Mystery religions – they were already learning at that time how to use electric shock – they used electric eels and other things to electrically shock people. They had already started to learn the use of drugs and herbs to create altered states and to control people. These were secrets though that were very closely guarded by these Illuminati families and their Mystery religion priesthood. But they continued to develop these over the centuries. Another example of a closely guarded secret was the ability to do cranial manipulation. During the Middle Ages and even centuries prior to that, the oligarchical families that controlled the common people had specialists that did torture for the kings, and they kept their secrets about torturing to themselves. One of the things they developed was the ability to do cranial manipulation. You have to be very careful when you start moving the bones of the skull. A lot of people don’t realize that the skull is not a solid bone, but it has sutures between the different parts of it, and you can do very subtle manipulations and move those skull bones. In fact today there is something called cranial osteopathy. These osteopaths are very skilled in using their fingers. That developed from the family of bone-setters who tied back into the occult who had learned the secret occult skills of manipulation.

Wayne Morris:

What has effect has this had in terms of the mind control – the cranial manipulation?

Fritz Springmeier:

Cranial manipulation has been kept an occult secret in occult bloodlines for centuries. And it can be used for good, to heal people. It can be used to change the way the face looks to improve the face, or it can be used for evil, to torture someone or to control their mind. By manipulating the skull you can actually change the way the person thinks to make them more dissociative, or more compliant, or develop their thinking in other ways.

Wayne Morris:

Can you explain how they would start using these techniques, and generally at what age they would start?

Fritz Springmeier:

When a child is conceived, a lot of them – their very birth has been an idea from the start. Somebody who is in the Illuminati conceiving a child in an occult ritual with a woman. It gets very involved as to how they hide their lineages. Let’s put it this way. Not everybody born to mothers are actually the biological children of that mother. There is a lot of switching done at hospitals and so forth. The child’s birth has been planned. While the child is in the fetus, they already begin certain things to test the fetus’ mental abilities and to traumatize that fetus so it will be more dissociated.

Wayne Morris:

How would they do that?

Fritz Springmeier:

A fetus does not like to be poked, does not like substances that taste bad. If a mother eats a lot of sugar they have shown by watching the fetus that these unborn children like the taste of sugar as it diffuses into what the child is getting from the mother. So if you combine a lot of these things that are horrific. If you have a lot of loud noises – and the father is screaming at the mother and throwing her around and abusing the mother, making the mother very upset. Then you’ve got loud music, rock and roll, or screaming or something. You have also given the mother something to eat that tasted really bad to the fetus and you can do a number of things that are going to hit that little unborn child at the same time. It’s going to be overwhelmed, and it’s going to develop its ability to dissociate.

Wayne Morris:

To your awareness, has electricity been used in this regard?

Fritz Springmeier:

Not so much in the traumatization of the fetus. They use that after the child is born. They oftentimes will have a premature birth. It happens in many different ways, but one of the methods they like to use is to have a premature birth because then the child can be traumatized naturally. There are a whole bunch of natural traumas that go along with being premature. Your skin is very sensitive, you get catheters up your behind, and so forth. They want the traumatization to begin very early on because they want somebody who can trance out and dissociate from the pain. You are probably familiar with the Indian fakirs – the holy men in Indian who can walk on coals and stick pins in themselves and sleep on beds of nails. How does it happen? Because they are able to dissociate and go into a trance state, an altered state. The Illuminati want to create individuals who are able to dissociate very well, because that is part of the requirement to have the ability to have a multiple personality.

Wayne Morris:

And that is the purpose of the traumatization – is to create that dissociation?

Fritz Springmeier:

That’s one of the purposes.

Wayne Morris:

What is the importance of dissociation within the total mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s extremely important. You will hear a lot in recent times about electronic mind control, and that’s being used to divert people away from the more important issue of multiple personality disorder or DID. The ability to create multiple personalities that are programmed is extremely important. It’s why they have the ability to be secret, it’s why they are able to do so much in secret. The electronic mind control – throwing mental ideas into somebody’s brain which are foreign is not that much of a threat. I have worked with quite a few victims of electronic mind control and the majority, if not all of them, are able to recognize that something is being beamed into their heads that is foreign. But when you are dissociated and you have amnesia between yourself and other parts of your mind, you don’t know what you yourself in your entirety are all about. For instance I had a Christian minister who spent some time trying to deprogram – he has come and visited here to work on his programming. Here you have a Christian minister who, horrors of horrors, discovers that he has a dissociated part of his mind which has been functioning within the Illuminati and these other parts of his mind are satanic. Imagine being a man of God and finding out that you have parts of yourself that sacrifice people … (laughs). That’s why this ability to dissociate into multiple personalities is such a dangerous ability.

Wayne Morris:

Maybe you can talk about the nature of dissociation and how that is used for controlling somebody and also, as you mentioned, being not aware of the different identities that are being used for other purposes …

Fritz Springmeier:

People are familiar with dissociation and how the mind has the ability to function on several tracks. For instance, if you are at a party and engrossed in a conversation with somebody and you are focused on what they are saying, and all of a sudden somebody across the room says your name, and your mind immediately switches and goes “oh they are calling me over there”, well that’s one evidence, and there are other ways to realize that the mind is not one monolithic entity but it is broken up into components. While you were engaged in that conversation with somebody, there was one part of your mind which was still listening to other things. It was a dissociated part of the conscious mind; in other words, it was dissociated from the conscious. You weren’t conscious of that part of your mind that was listening to the rest of the conversation but it was.

Hypnosis, trance and dissociation are just different aspects of the same thing. The Illuminati have learned over the centuries how to put people in different mental states and the information is learned in the different states. To access that information best, you need to go back to that particular state. People realize what I am saying because when you get into a particular situation that’s reminiscent of a previous experience, that’s when your memory is best triggered. They go a lot further than just using natural dissociation. They have learned how to create amnesia walls within the mind and basically what they are doing to the mind is the same as what we do to computers. In order to make computers functional they had to figure out some way to section off part of the computer’s memory so the user could not access that memory. It had to nest that memory. You will notice that when you reboot your computer, the computer reboots itself with memory that you weren’t able to access. That memory was dissociated – in human terms I guess you could say there is an amnesia wall there.

They know how to build walls in the mind to mentally section off the mind – and they do this through trauma. If you get a severe enough trauma what the mind will do in order to continue functioning is dissociate that trauma with an amnesia wall. Let’s say you were in war and your best friend had just gotten blown to smithereens by artillery … his guts are lying out. Your mind may build amnesia walls around this event and you may not be able to remember it. So the worse the trauma, the better the amnesia wall.

The Illuminati take a small child about two years old, and they begin traumatizing it with the worst traumas that are imaginable so that they can create these amnesia walls. They find these dissociated pieces of the mind which are just like in a sense floppy disks, then they put in their programming to the dissociated parts of the mind as to what they want that part to become. Some of these parts they make into personalities and they create MPD, DID and then while they are creating these multiple personalities, they are programming them to be exactly what they want them to be.

Wayne Morris:

Before we get into what kinds of things they are used for, maybe we can just go back and talk about how a person is conditioned to be a total mind control slave, and pick it up when the child is born. What happens there in terms of the conditioning.

Fritz Springmeier:

The programmers like to say “this child is a piece of clay”, and they view themselves as the potter’s wheel, of course. They are very skilled in knowing how to take a child and work with that child’s mind to create what they want. We could talk all day about this. One of the aspects we haven’t gotten into yet is their ability to go in and identify – they use EEG’s – backtracking and stepping outside of the Illuminati for a second … You’ve got researchers like Hans Eisneck, who happened to have been born in Germany and other researchers too who studied how your average _______ potentials – these are brainwaves – can be monitored and can be used to see what type of thinking that brain is capable of. You can use EEG’s to determine personality and IQ. They have correlated their ability to study the human brain with EEG’s to John Gittinger’s PAS tests. When a child is born they begin testing its brain to see what is this person’s personality, what type of thinking is this person capable of, what type of career should be plan out for this person. So they take the natural bent of the mind, the natural capabilities of the mind and they work with that. Likewise when they are doing the traumatization and they are splitting the mind, they work with the child’s creativity and what those pieces of the mind think.

Wayne Morris:

Typically at what age do these tests start – the EEG’s and the Personality Assessment Surveys …

Fritz Springmeier:

They do some of it while the child is still a fetus, and after its born they start neonatal behavioral assessment skills, the Bailey Scales and other tests, and within a short time, perhaps by 18 months, they will be doing EEG’s and determining what they want to do. Once they determine what kind of life they want to structure for this person, they begin the mind control to structure the person for that career. This is why people like myself who have a natural intelligence that has never been connected to any of these bloodlines, we have such a hard time out there in the competition because the Illuminati can take a particular child and manipulate things from behind the scenes and open all the right doors for this person, and they can get them the grants and the schooling and everything they need and adding impetus to this person’s career is the mind control that is steering them in that direction too. The end product is you end up with somebody who is an engineer or a lawyer or a politician who is very highly qualified for what they are doing.

Wayne Morris:

Once they have controlled somebody, what kinds of things would they be used to do for the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

This has not been brought out very well by other people and maybe it’s just simply because they are not aware of it, but the mind control is not just to create somebody who is a sexual slave, but it’s to infiltrate and control society across the board. Understand that if you are going to control something like establishment medicine – you have to have your people in key positions because the weakest link the chain is going to break. You can’t have any weak links. They salt their people throughout society in general, from the gutter to the castles. An example of one group of people that they have created for modern society are stalkers. In my recent book, Deeper Insights Into the Illuminati Formula, I go into how they create stalkers and why they create stalkers.

Let’s say you are trying to control medicine because the establishment medical system brings them in lots of money and the medical establishment is very powerful, you have to have control of the entire spectrum of things – the hospitals, what kind of health care is going to be available, the type of training these doctors are going to get, they have created secret strike forces like the CCHI and the NCHF that keep people in line. All of this requires mind control slaves being salted in throughout the entire system. If you have one weak link – for instance if you have one person who is practicing alternative medicine and you don’t control the judicial system – you are not going to be able to convict, eg. this homeopathic doctor if you don’t control the judicial system. You have to have this vast secret apparatus, and until people understand the mind control, they can’t understand how there could possibly be the type of control that they have.

Wayne Morris:

In order to understand how they are able to control these people that they have put in key positions in society, we do have to talk more about the techniques of mind control, and maybe we can go into that now, of how they are able to effect control over these people. For example, the trauma.

Fritz Springmeier:

The trauma would be used for a whole number of reasons, but at the very basic level when you traumatize somebody to the point where they almost die, or actually to be more specific they actually do “kill” these people but they know exactly how many seconds they can allow them to be killed and still bring them back to life. They manipulate near-death experiences, they have that down to a science. That was the major reason that you had the major concentration camp experiments by Mengele where people were tortured. He belonged to an Illuminati bloodline and was doing Illuminati research for mind control purposes, he did a lot of research on twins. They found out exactly how much trauma you could give different people before you killed them. What that trauma does is it puts the brain back into a survival mode and now I have to get into explaining that the popular concept of the brain being one monolithic brain is real deceptive.

It has been kept very secret but the human brain is actually seven brains. The first brain of the human mind – the medullah and the pons – is called the Reptilian Brain because it thinks like a reptilian. If you are always traumatizing a person, you keep them in their reptilian thinking or their survival based thinking. Survival based thinking has certain characteristics. At the very basic level, the trauma can be used to keep somebody within their survival based thinking. It also creates fear and there is a whole series that spiritually happen to a person when they get caught up in fear.

If you think in terms of blackmail, the listener may remember when he was a child and somebody grabbed your arm and twisted it and said “say uncle” and of course your arm hurt, and you gave in. That’s a very simple type of mind control. The trauma and the torture can be used in a very simple way – if you don’t comply it is going to hurt. Men who are slaves are electroshocked in their genitals. It is very painful. That’s a very simple way of bringing someone in line. Then of course there are ways the trauma is used to split the mind, fracture them into thousands of pieces, create multiple personality disorder. That’s one of the techniques.

Wayne Morris:

Just to stay on the topic of trauma, what is the importance of maintaining that trauma in terms of keeping the conditioning intact and keeping the state of dissociation intact?

Fritz Springmeier:

They want to maintain a high level of trance and dissociative behaviour in the victim, so they like to continue traumatizing the person. As I brought out earlier, there is more involved than just keeping the dissociative level high. Your also trying to maintain the person to stay in the reptilian, survival based thinking; trying to keep them having a spirit of fear controlling their lives, so they don’t slack off. They secretly train the parents of the children who are being programmed on how to abuse their children so they keep their children very dissociative. Not only that, if the children are going to some established religious institute, eg. Catholic church, Episcopalian church, their priests, their clergymen have been trained in how to abuse the children. This is why you have such a big modern day problem within the Catholic church. So many of the priests abusing children and the lawsuits brought against this church, and some people have said they think it is going to financially bankrupt the church – the reason why so much of this is going on is for purposes of mind control.

Wayne Morris:

Have these priests and clergymen been coerced to participate in this, or are they part of these Illuminati families? What is their role?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are a lot of different reasons why someone is a pedophile. One of the problems within the Catholic church is that there haven’t been normal outlets for sexual activity provided for priests and nuns, and then they are given these subversive ways to release their sexuality. Some of them are actually secret satanists and this is part of the reward they receive from a secret coven. There are various reasons as to why – some just go along because that’s what everybody else is doing and it is allowed until people put their foot down and say we are not going to tolerate this. I can talk about a number of cases where people did put their foot down and say we are not going to tolerate this abuse of our child by the clergy, and the hierarchy that should have penalized this person simply promoted them and sent them to some other part of the country. Why they do it? God knows why each person has become an abuser.

Wayne Morris:

Can you explain how the dissociation has been used in terms of programming and the structure of that programming?

Fritz Springmeier:

The victim of the mind control has had their mind split into many personalities, actually far more personalities than what the people in the therapeutic community generally realize. Cisco who I brought out of the Illuminati has very standard programming in many ways, although she has unique features to her system of personalities. She had a very standard grid of 13x13x13 alter personalities. Each one of those personalities has been given a separate history, separate personality which has its own likes and dislikes. What they did was turn what was one person into a whole city of people and the only way the mind of the slave can function is if it relies upon the master to give it stability. Imagine if your mind was a whole series of competing persons, each with their own ideas, likes, dislikes. The only way to bring some order out of the chaos would be to have some controlling entity ordering that chaos. Some of the slaves have reached the point of becoming aware that they are multiples and on the deeper levels they realize that they need the mind control for their minds not to break down into total craziness. Another way of looking at it is – what the Illuminati are doing is creating controlled insanity for these victims of the mind control to endure the horrific trauma that’s given to them, they have to isolate their memories of that trauma and the parts of the mind that have to pick up some of that trauma – some of those parts, in essence, I hate to use the word “crazy”, but they are taking the garbage that’s happening and the mind is shuffling and isolating it. If those walls of dissociation break down, then the other parts of the mind are going to have to deal with a lot of garbage.

Wayne Morris:

Why do you think they needed so many identities to be in place?

Fritz Springmeier:

If you are going to invest the time to create a robot, you are going to incorporate as many capabilities as possible and you want to compartmentalize so everything is secret. One of the reasons why intelligence agencies function so well – eg. CIA – is that they compartmentalize everything. You only “know” on a regional basis. They do the same with these people’s minds. A slave may function on many different levels. He’s got his front – they create the best front possible – his or her everyday life – but then they may want to use that person for drug smuggling, money laundering, carrying messages, performing satanic rituals, producing porn movies, assassinating somebody, spying on somebody – and then you’ve got internal jobs too. Going back to what I said earlier, remembering how the mind has been fractured into many dissociated pieces, and essentially a whole city of people has been made out of those pieces. In order for that city of people to function, you have to have different jobs. You will have some of the older personalities taking care of baby personalities internally in the person’s mind – you have functions – gatekeepers, hierarchy alters that are controlling other alters – a hierarchy of personalities. That’s a whole science in itself – how to structure dissociated parts of the mind.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned the one structure, 13x13x13 grid. Are there other structures used that you are aware of?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are many different structures. It all depends on the whim and fancy of the programmer as he shatters the victim’s mind, he can reassemble that mind however he wants to. He can use a sphere – they create systems within systems too. A common system within a system is the cabalistic tree of life.

Wayne Morris:

Do you see similarities in the survivors that you have been working with in terms of the structures?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yes. That’s one of the things – you can have a therapist in one state, and they will not have know anything about MPD or DID and they will start working with the victim and call another therapist for help and taking notes. The victim will say, “I drew these pictures. I don’t know what they mean.” “I am fascinated with Star Trek (or the Wizard of Oz) (Mickey Mouse)”. The therapist will call another therapist and ask what they make of this. If this other therapist is experienced, they may say “oh hey – I’ve got somebody who is just like that.” All across the country, there are therapists and then people like myself who is a minister working with these people who are running into the same patterns time and time again, the same structures. Like I was saying, working with people who were in the Illuminati, working with people that did the programming itself, is really helping my learning curve too in terms of the structures that are built in.

Another common structure you will see is a lot of mirror imaging, that’s a more of a technique than a structure.

Wayne Morris:

What do you mean by that? The mirroring of an alter?

Fritz Springmeier:

Mirroring of all kinds of things. That’s part of the technique of deceit.

Wayne Morris:

That’s the purpose of using this mirroring, for example if a therapist came across one alter, dealt with, there may have been a mirror of that …

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot of the therapists think they are dealing with a particular personality but they are dealing with its mirror image. The systems are programmed, created so that if somebody starts working with them there are all these defensive mechanisms that are triggered. One of the defensive mechanisms is to have mirror image alters take the place of who the therapist is trying to work with. So the therapist thinks they have done something but they have actually just played games. Mirror images of things within the programming itself so that when one particular personality tries to work on their mind’s programming, the mind is so confusing about what they still internally – that they can’t figure out their own mind.

The best manager is somebody who doesn’t have to spend a lot of time giving instructions to a person. If you are a slave master and you have to be constantly telling that slave what to do, and constantly correcting it, and making sure it’s doing its job, you become a slave to the slave.

What you want to do is create a human robot which will be self-directed and self-correcting so they create hierarchies of alters within the person and one of the things they do is create alter personalities within the person’s mind who think they are the programmer themselves.

So, Ewen Cameron who was a programmer – his victim would have personalities within them that would think they are Ewen Cameron. Therefore they would carry out the abuse of other personalities as they would perceive Ewen Cameron would do it. That’s one use of mirrors. Another use of mirrors is if you are teaming two slaves together, let’s say you and are teamed. I would have personalities in me that think they are you and you would have personalities created in you that think they are me and it would further the binding process.

Wayne Morris:

Generally speaking, with people who have this kind of mind control, how many personalities are you talking about?

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot. Cisco has 30,000 standard alters and then there are lots of other dissociated pieces too. That would not be abnormal. The small part of the therapeutic community that’s trying to address DID generally work with a few front personalities. There are number of books out there written by people with MPD where the therapist came in and worked with five or six front personalities. The Illuminati step back and allow them to integrate some front personalities and the person is told by the therapist “you are now integrated, you’re fine” and they left therapy, and everybody is happy. The victim thinks they are free of their MPD, the therapist has made a lot of money and gotten famous over some book they have written, and the Illuminati is happy because these are just front alters that have been stabilized. The system of alters are far more complex than people realize.

Wayne Morris:

What are the dangers involved in dealing with therapy with a mind control victim, particularly when a therapist may be unaware of the techniques and structures of mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

I have to caution people that some of the best minds of the 20th century – we have hundreds, if not thousands, of the best minds who have spent many, many years figuring out how to build these mechanisms into the mind slaves to protect the programming. In a sense what it is like – imagine you are going in to try and hack a computer – imagine a system that is set up so that if someone is not an approved user comes into the room and looks at the computer, the computer shuts down, the computer explodes. That’s really what you are looking at in trying to work with a mind control victim – they have a lot of suicide programming so that if the front alters, the personalities that hold the body day in and day out – if they were ever to find out they were in mind control, or that they were a multiple personality, they would commit suicide. You have all kinds of defensive programs. Not only is the computer programmed to explode if you walk into the room, but if you touch the keyboard as an unauthorized user, again the computer is programmed to explode. Every step of the way there are backup programs to deceive, to destroy. It is not easy. It is something the novice does not want to get into. It’s something that takes a lot of time and patience and skill, and a lot of love for the victims too. One has to really abhor what is going on to have the motivation that it takes to work with such a complex problem.

Wayne Morris:

What would you recommend for therapists wanting to know more about how this is done, and how they can help heal the victims?

Fritz Springmeier:

I strongly recommend our three books – I co-authored these 3 books with Cisco Wheeler. The one I already mentioned, “The Illuminati Formula Used to Create a Total Mind Controlled Slave”. The sequel to that which is 620 pages, “Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula”, part 1 is how the control comes about and part 2 is how the help comes about. We’ve got a lot of good information in there laying the foundation as to what’s happened, and how to begin to unravel what has happened.

Wayne Morris:

In terms of your own work, how much success have you had in working with victims of mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

The problem that the mind control presents is overwhelming, and there are countless therapeutic issues, so there is no end to the different issues that can be worked on. Cisco and I have freely given of our time to help any victim of mind control in whatever way we could. The degree of therapeutic success depends on a number of things. One, it depends upon the situation the victim puts themselves in. If they are willing to extract themselves from their everyday life and go somewhere where it is safe, they are going to do a lot more – work more therapeutic issues, because the mind of a mind controlled slave is not going to let its guard down as long as it’s not safe. This gets back into understanding how the reptilian mind and the survival based thinking can override other areas of the mind. When you become deathly frightened for your life, your survival instincts take precedence over the other parts of your brain. If you have been traumatized your entire life, your survival based thinking is your primary method of thinking and it doesn’t take much to throw you into the fear based survival based thinking. So the first criteria for doing successful work with a mind control victim is to get them someplace safe. You could say that 99.9% of the victims of mind control have never been given that. Therapists do not set things up for survivors or victims of mind control to be in any safe situation. When I say safe, I mean they have to be safe 24 hours a day.

Cisco and I have been able to work with victims to the degree the situation allowed. There is no end to the work we could do if the right set-up presented itself. This is why I was hoping to create a deprogramming centre. There was a man who was CIA who was very horrified at what the government intelligence agencies had been doing to people, and I have a friend whom this CIA man knew who also works at providing therapy for mind control victims. This CIA man wrote into his will to give a number of millions of dollars to my clients for the purpose of doing therapy work with mind control victims. And then my friend in turn was going to give me a couple of million dollars so I could start a deprogramming centre. This man’s will when he died, was in the Oklahoma Federal Building, and the only copy of the will that we know about was in there. So I was rather upset when the building exploded, because that short-circuited our plans to build a couple of deprogramming centres. Short of building some place that is safe and that is staffed with competent people, it is extremely difficult to accomplish much.

Even when I have accomplished positive therapy with a victim, all that it takes for the other side to do is physically grab them and reprogram them. This is what has happened for me over the past years in terms of trying to help victims, and as a warning to the public and the therapeutic community at large, at this point not a whole lot has really been accomplished to thwart the mind control.

Wayne Morris:

Now in the optimal situation, to what degree have you been able to free the victims of the control?

Fritz Springmeier:

Given the optimal situation where we have someone who is safe, we can take down the mind control. We can do some serious re-structuring and make some really serious headway in helping a person. We can do some significant spiritual work with them. There can be some integrating work begun. There are all kinds of things that can happen. On the flip side of it, is the work ever finished? I don’t think it is, because the damage that has been done is so extensive, and you never know as a therapist that you have succeeded in finding every dissociated fragment of the mind. Remember there are thousands of fragments of the mind because the traumatization is so prolonged over so many years, and is so horrific, that you can never be sure that you have gotten all of the dissociated pieces, and each of those dissociated pieces is probably going to have programming attached to it.

Wayne Morris:

What is your sense of how many people have been affected by this?

Fritz Springmeier:

A very conservative estimate – I shouldn’t even say estimate because I have computed it from about seven different angles – a conservative figure is 2 million Americans have been programmed with trauma based total mind control.

Wayne Morris:

And that’s just in the USA?

Fritz Springmeier:


Wayne Morris:

And is it your sense that this is going on world-wide?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh indeed yes, it is. More with your primary political powers. You’ve got programming going on in Europe, Russia, the U.S.A. – those are your primary areas of programming but in other places too.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to talk about some of the other techniques now of mind control. How has electricity played a role?

Fritz Springmeier:

Electric shock has been a standard part of the abuse, and it serves as a form of trauma. And stun guns are a standard item to keep the slaves in line and also to erase their memories. They might use perhaps a 120,000 DC volt stun gun to erase and compartmentalize fragments, memories of a slave who has just been used. When you shock a person, it destroys the short-term memory. It fragments it, 24 hours either way of the event. They can also use the shock treatments like Ewen Cameron to splinter the mind so that’s electro-shock. Elecricity has been used in terms of implements or devices that have been implanted into people and also used in equipment that will throw thoughts into a peron’s mind. You have microwave towers going up vectoring in ELF waves into people’s minds. So electricity is being used in a lot of high tech ways, or electromagnetic waves are being used in a lot of high techn ways …

They have different machines – EDOM electronic dissolution of memory where they wipe out your memory; harmonic machines that are used which some of your speakers have probably talked about – these machines can be used for the deprogramming work too. Electricity is also used in the flip way in that since the human brain gives off frequencies, they go in and scan a person’s personal frequencies they are giving off. There is a prime freq – which is the primary frequency a person gives off and that can be used to identify them from a distance. They know the different frequencies that the brain uses. Coming at it from a different angle, if you think of the brain when it creates a particular thought, it gives off particular frequencies. They simply created particular thoughts within a person and monitored electrical impulses along with that thought, fed that into computers. I am simplifying what they did – but basically that’s what they have done to decode being able to read what their brain is thinking. If you monitor the frequencies that are being given off by a person, then you can monitor what their thoughts are. So not only can you throw particular thoughts into people’s heads, but they can monitor their thoughts too.A lot of the monitoring and instilling of thoughts, etc. are being done with implants.

Wayne Morris:

Can we just go back to electroshock. You mentioned that it is used to erase memories perhaps of the identity of the people who are doing the programming. But don’t they run the risk of erasing the programming itself? How do they deal with that?

Fritz Springmeier:

This gets back into understanding how the programming is put in, and the level at which it is put in. Remember we talked about dissociated states? The primary programming that is put in is put in at a comatose level. There are different levels that you can program somebody to – if you start out with an adult, for instance, the CIA’s nomenclature is mind control Level 5. Somebody who has been given mind control to the 5th level generally has some cover story like for Roseanne Barr – she had an automobile accident apparently as a teenager. They take these people in and they are taken down to a comatose level where their bodies are comatose for quite a long period of time, and the programming is put in at an extremely deep level. At a level where your mind is regulating your heartbeat. The programming is put in and it is nested in at an extremely deep level. When they destroy short-term memory with electroshocking, that’s not even coming close to the deep programs – that is just affecting the short-term memory.

Wayne Morris:

Have they deliberately regulated the amount of electricity in terms of achieving a desired effect?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yeah. Everything is extremely scientific. This is why they had to do a lot of the horrific testing during WWII in the concentration camps. You just don’t traumatize a person indiscriminately or you will kill them. You have to know what you are doing. They have doctors and heart monitoring equipment. The fundamental programming is done in hospital settings, or hospital-type settings. That’s why a lot of the VA hospitals here in the USA – actually all of the VA hospitals – have been used for programming. A lot of the other civilian hospitals have also had particular wards set up where they were able to do programming. They are monitoring heartbeat, they know just how far to push them. When they start going into a near-death experience they know exactly when they can electroshock them to bring them back to life, etc. It is very skilled. They have to be very skilled in the drugs they use, how and when they administer them, what they do when the person is under drugs. What they do is not haphazard.

Wayne Morris:

So a lot of experimentation has gone into refining these techniques?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes. Exactly.

Wayne Morris:

Can you tell us if you know anything about the development of brain implant technology and that has been used for mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are six different types of implants. Audio implants that are used to allow the victim to hear something. Body manipulation implants that are put in to manipulate the body in some way, perhaps to release a hormone or to keep them from getting pregnant or to torture them, or something like that. Then you have a visual holographic implant which will give a holographic image to the person. You have implants that are mimics or brain link implants that if I want to directly download something to the brain, those are very secret implants. The implants are not used across the board with all mind controlled slaves. There are select groups that are receiving the implants and like the mimics, implants are only going to a select group. Then you’ve got your torture and muscle stimulating implants. Then the one everybody hears about – the tracking and ID implants – that everybody is so concerned about. Those are the implants that were given to a lot of American soldiers in Desert Storm. They were told they needed implants so that the global positioning system could keep track of them so they wouldn’t get lost in the desert.

Wayne Morris:

I am curious about the actual implants themselves in terms of how they are implanted and approximately the size through the development of the technology?

Fritz Springmeier:

The development has gotten really high tech. You have several types of development here that need to be brought out. One, that’s called “nanobots” – nanotechnology which are tiny little robots that range from 10-1/1000 billionth of a meter. The word “nano” means billionth – we are talking extremely microscopic robots here that are able to replicate themselves. Molecular size robots. Possibly the listeners have heard of the Scanning Tunnelling microscope? There are different names for it, but it is a little device that can actually see a single atom, and actually pick up atoms and move them. That’s used to develop these nanobots which are robots that can self replicate. You have fibre optics that have been developed and you will have some victims that if they get rid of their fibre optics – the fibre optic that is stuck into the victim often looks like a hair.

Wayne Morris:

What typically are these fibre optic implants used for?

Fritz Springmeier:

Good question. I wish I really knew the answer for that. Fibre optic glass will carry signals, so in broad I can say the implants are being used to transmit signals, I know that much. But I don’t know all the ins and outs of what kinds of signals are being sent. I have one victim of mind control who had been sitting in a restaurant – it is sort of analogous to a blowgun where they have hit her with something that looks just like a little hair and the fiber optic filament embeds itself in her skin. While she is sitting there eating, they have shot this filament into her. Fortunately she noticed they had done this, and pulled it out. I had female victims who had fiber optics that was disguised as hair that were put on their bodies. I don’t know the full role of the fiber optics but I know it is involved in communications. One of the more dangerous developments are your organic bioprocessors. These are molecular computers that are made up of DNA material. You’ve got DNA templates and you can also have carbon chains that are used. What they do is – with this biomaterial that is made into a mini-computer, they will link that to a virus and viruses oftentimes have a particular area of the body they like to migrate to. For instance a neurotropic virus will migrate to the nervous system or a dermatropic virus will migrate to the skin, pneuomtropic virus will go to the lungs. They attack their little organic viral processor to this virus. How do you get a virus into a person? There are a dozen different ways, it is easy to get a virus into a victim’s/host’s body. So once these viruses migrate to that area of the body they prefer, you’ve got a tiny little implant that is then doing whatever function it is programmed to do. These are extremely difficult to locate.

I have noticed in victims that have the virus implants that there will be a sort of central control implant a lot of times put in the bottom base of the neck. The central command implant will be receiving external signals and then will in turn monitor the body suit of implants. Some of the victims of these implants seem to have gotten some relief from being able to kill the viruses. There are some alternative medical methods that might be suggested to the victims that could take out these bio processors.

Wayne Morris:

For some of the larger implants, have victims been able to locate and remove these kinds of implants somehow?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes. There have been a number of victims that have been identified – have been able to take x-rays, have been able to get other types of scanning mechanisms. There were three victims of electronic mind control that managed to, as a group, get into an Anacoic Chamber and get results when their signals were pinpointed as to source. They had to smuggle the paperwork out from the lab in their bras because the lab technicians were afraid of getting into trouble. Different victims of electronic mind control have managed to get some proof or have actually pulled some of it out. There are some doctors that actually have some of the implants. There are a few clean surgeons that are willing to help victims. I might mention the word Syntel here … that’s an important word for people to be familiar with in understanding implants. Syntel is something that has been discussed by our government repeatedly in some of their conferences. You will hear the military in some of their semi-secret conferences discussing Syntel. That’s short for synthetic telepathy which means sending to victims voices and thoughts – so these victims of Syntel are people who are receiving voices and thoughts electronically.

Wayne Morris:

That seems to be able to be used in a couple of different ways in terms of control, but also in terms of the situation with people claiming they are hearing voices who are often labelled schizophrenic or psychotic … it seems to be a way of discrediting these people.

Fritz Springmeier:

Something that was developed and used during the space program which is called biomedical telemetry – these are transmitters and receivers located at the base of the skull which record the body functions and the brain waves, and send it back to some computer somewhere. In fact in working with victims of electronic mind control I can say with certainty that is what is being done is that there are computers that are programmed with artificial intelligence that are their handlers. Rather than having a human handler day in and out, three shifts of human handlers controlling the victim of electronic mind control, they have computers with A.I. Then if the victim does something that throws the computer, the computer will signal a human to come and get involved. It’s been kind of interesting, the stories that victims have told me about how they outsmarted the computers that were trying to handle them.


Nanotech Viruses In Food

It’s very disturbing when big corporations plans new ideas without any public approval. One of this is how they want to change our food with genetic modifications and with nanotechnology. I think it’s very dangerous and should be studied a lot more than they are doing. Here’s something about nanotech in our food:

Agency Approves First Use of Viruses as a Food Additive
Published: August 19, 2006

WASHINGTON, Aug. 18 (AP) ? A mix of bacteria-killing viruses may be sprayed on cold cuts, wieners and sausages to combat common microbes that kill hundreds of people a year, federal health officials ruled Friday.

The ruling, by the Food and Drug Administration, is the first approval of viruses as a food additive, said Andrew Zajac of the Office of Food Additive Safety at the agency. Treatments that use bacteriophages to attack harmful bacteria have been a part of folk medicine for hundreds of years in India and for decades in the former Soviet Union.

The approved mix of six viruses is intended to be sprayed onto ready-to-eat meat and poultry products, including sliced ham and turkey, said John Vazzana, the president and chief executive of Intralytix, which developed the additive.

The viruses, called bacteriophages, are meant to kill strains of the Listeria monocytogenes bacterium, the food agency said. The bacterium can cause a serious infection called listeriosis, primarily in pregnant women, newborns and adults with weakened immune systems. In the United States, an estimated 2,500 people become seriously ill with listeriosis each year, according to the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Of those, 500 die.

Luncheon meats are particularly vulnerable to Listeria because after they are bought they are typically not cooked or reheated, which can kill harmful bacteria like Listeria, Mr. Zajac said.

The preparation of bacteriophages – the name is from the Greek for ‘bacteria eater’ – attacks only strains of the Listeria bacterium and not human or plant cells, the food agency said.

“As long as it used in accordance with the regulations, we have concluded it’s safe,” Mr. Zajac said.

People normally come into contact with bacteriophages through food, water and the environment, and they are found in our digestive tracts, the agency said.

Consumers will not be aware which meat and poultry products have been treated with the spray, Mr. Zajac said. The Department of Agriculture will regulate the actual use of the product.

The viruses are grown in a preparation of the very bacteria they kill, and then purified. The food agency had concerns that the virus preparation could contain toxic residues from the bacteria, but testing did not reveal residues, which in small quantities are not likely to cause health problems anyway, the agency said.

“The F.D.A. is applying one of the toughest food-safety standards which they have to find this is safe,” said Caroline Smith DeWaal, director of food safety for the Center for Science in the Public Interest, a consumer advocacy group. “They couldn’t approve this product if they had questions about its safety.”

Intralytix, based in Baltimore, first petitioned the food agency in 2002 to allow the viruses to be used as an additive. It has since licensed the product to a multinational company, which intends to market it worldwide, Mr. Vazzana said.

N.Y. Times Cites Consumers Union & OCA

Nanotech Food is Ten Times Scarier Than Genetically Engineered
Engineering Food at Level of Molecules
By Barnaby J. Feder
The New York Times, Oct 10, 2006
Straight to the Source

What if the candy maker Mars could come up with an additive to the coating of its M&M’s and Skittles that would keep them fresher longer and inhibit melting? Or if scientists at Unilever could shrink the fat particles (and thereby the calories) in premium ice cream without sacrificing its taste and feel?

Tastes Like Nanotechnology
These ideas are still laboratory dreams. The common thread in these research projects and in product development at many other food companies is nanotechnology, the name for a growing number of techniques for manipulating matter in dimensions as small as single molecules.

Food companies remain wary of pushing the technology – which is named for the nanometer, or a billionth of a meter – too far and too fast for safety-conscious consumers. But they are tantalized by nanotechnology’s capacity to create valuable and sometimes novel forms of everyday substances, like food ingredients and packaging materials, simply by reducing them to sizes that once seemed unimaginable.

Most of the hoopla and a lot of the promise for nanotechnology lies in other industries, including electronics, energy and medicine. But the first generation of nanotechnology-based food industry products, including synthetic food colorings, frying oil preservatives and packaging coated with antimicrobial agents, has quietly entered the market.

The commercial uses of the technology now add up to a $410 million sliver of the $3 trillion global food market, according to Cientifica, a British market research firm that specializes in nanotechnology coverage. Cientifica forecasts that nanotechnology’s share will grow to $5.8 billion by 2012, as other uses for it are developed.

Mindful of the adverse reaction from some consumers over the introduction of genetically engineered crops, the food industry hopes regulators will come up with supportive guidelines that will also allay consumers’ fears. That has put a spotlight on the Food and Drug Administration’s first public hearing today on how it should regulate nanotechnology, with a portion of the agenda specifically about food and food additives. No policy changes are expected this year.

“To their credit, the F.D.A. is trying to get a handle on what’s out there,” said Michael K. Hansen, senior scientist at Consumers Union, one of 30 groups that have signed up to speak at the meeting.

But coping with nanotechnology will be a daunting challenge for the agency, according to a report last week by a former senior F.D.A. official, whose analysis was sponsored by the Pew Charitable Trusts and the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a Washington policy group. Michael R. Taylor, a former deputy commissioner for policy at the agency, said the F.D.A. lacked the resources and, in the case of cosmetics, dietary supplements and food, the full legal authority needed to protect consumers and also foster innovation.

Industry representatives and analysts are worried that nanotechnology will suffer the same fate as genetic engineering, which was quickly embraced as a breakthrough for drug makers but has been fiercely opposed, especially in Europe, when used in crops, fish and livestock.

Many of the same groups fighting genetic engineering in agriculture have been arguing for regulators to clamp down on nanotechnology, in general, and its use in food and cosmetics, in particular, until more safety testing has been completed.

“I’m amazed at how far it’s gone already,” said Ronnie Cummins, director of the Organic Consumers [Association], an advocate for organic products based in Finland, Minn. “Compared to nanotechnology, I think the threat of genetic engineering is tame.”

So far, there have been no confirmed reports of public health or environmental problems related to nanotechnology. But troubling laboratory tests suggest some nanoscale particles may pose novel health risks by, for instance, slipping easily past barriers to the brain that keep larger particles out. Thus, the same attributes that could make the technology valuable for delivering drugs could also make it hazardous.

More important, everyone agrees that there have been few rigorous studies of the actual behavior of the newly engineered nanoscale materials in humans and the environment. Those that have been completed fall far short of duplicating the range of conditions the nanoparticles would encounter in general commerce. And few laboratory studies have focused on the fate of particles that are eaten rather than inhaled or injected.

“Lack of evidence of harm should not be a proxy for reasonable certainty of safety,” the Consumers Union said in testimony submitted to the F.D.A. for today’s meeting. The language was carefully chosen.

“Reasonable certainty of safety” is what food companies must demonstrate to the F.D.A. before they can introduce a new food additive.

The Consumers Union and some other groups are suggesting that the agency automatically classify all new nanoscale food ingredients, including those now classified as safe in larger sizes, as new additives. And they want the same standards extended to cover food supplement companies, some of which have been marketing traditional herbal and mineral therapies in what they say are new nanoscale forms that increase their effectiveness. Some are also calling for mandatory labeling of products with synthetic nanoscale ingredients, no matter how small the quantity.

F.D.A. officials said last week that treating every new nanotechnology product that consumers swallow as a food additive might compromise the agency’s mandate to foster innovation and might not be within its authority. Such a move would also be hobbled by the lack of agreement on safety testing standards for the wide range of nanoscale innovations in the pipeline. In addition, the agency lacks the staff to handle that scale of oversight.

“That would be a sea change for us,” said Laura Tarantino, director of the F.D.A.’s Office of Food Additive Safety.

Simply defining nanotechnology may also be a hurdle. BASF has been widely considered a pioneer for products like its synthetic lycopene, an additive that substitutes for the natural lycopene extracted from tomatoes and other fruits. Lycopene, widely used as a food coloring, is increasingly valued for its reported heart and anticancer benefits. But BASF’s particles average 200 to 400 nanometers in diameter, about the same as the natural pigment, and well above the 100-nanometer threshold that many experts consider true nanotechnology.

Unilever has never disclosed the dimensions of its shrunken fat particles. Trevor Gorin, a Unilever spokesman in Britain, said in an e-mail message that reports about the project have been misleading.

Given the uncertainty about the risks of consuming new nano products, many analysts expect near-term investment to focus on novel food processing and packaging technology. That is the niche targeted by Sunny Oh, whose start-up company, OilFresh, based in Sunnyvale, Calif., is marketing a novel device to keep frying oil fresh. OilFresh grinds zeolite, a mineral, into tiny beads averaging 20 nanometers across and coats them with an undisclosed material. Packed into a shelf inside the fryer, the beads interfere with chemical processes that break down the oil or form hydrocarbon clusters, Mr. Oh says. As a result, restaurants can use oil longer and transfer heat to food at lower temperatures, although they still need traditional filters to remove food waste from the oil.

Mr. Oh said OilFresh will move beyond restaurants into food processing by the end of the month, when it delivers a 1,000-ton version of the device to a “midsized potato chip company” that he said did not want to be identified.

The desire to avoid controversy has made even the largest food companies, like Kraft Foods, leery about discussing their interest in nanotechnology. Kraft, the second-largest food processor after Nestle, was considered the industry’s nanotechnology pacesetter in 2000. That is when it announced the founding of an international alliance of academic researchers and experts at government labs to pursue basic research in nanotechnology sponsored by Kraft.

The Nanotek Consortium, as Kraft called the group, produced a number of patents for the company, but Kraft pulled back from its high-profile connection with nanotechnology two years ago. Manuel Marquez, the research chemist Kraft appointed to organize the consortium, moved to Philip Morris USA, a sister subsidiary of Altria that now sponsors the consortium under a new name – the Interdisciplinary Network of Emerging Science and Technologies.

Kraft still sends researchers to industry conferences to make what it calls “generic” presentations about the potential uses of nanotechnology in the food industry. But the company declines to specify its use of or plans for the technology.

F.D.A. officials say companies like Kraft are voluntarily but privately providing them with information about their activities. But many independent analysts say the level of disclosure to date falls far short of what will be needed to create public confidence.

“Most of the information is in companies and very little is published,” said Jennifer Kuzma, an associate director of the Center for Science, Technology, and Public Policy at the University of Minnesota, who has been tracking reports of nanotechnology use in food and agriculture.

U.S. FDA Told to Watch Nanotech Products for Risks
By Lisa Richwine

October 11, 2006

BETHESDA, Md. — The growing number of cosmetics, drugs other products made using nanotechnology need more attention from U.S. regulators to make sure they are safe for humans and the planet, consumer and environmental groups told a government hearing Tuesday.

Nanotechnology is the design and use of particles as small as one-billionth of a meter. A human hair, by contrast, is about 80,000 nanometers across. Materials at nano-size can have completely different properties from larger versions, such as unusual strength or the ability to conduct electricity.

Witnesses at a meeting called by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration agreed nanotechnology holds promise for a vast range of products, including new medicines to treat diseases or delivery systems to get drugs to body parts now hard to reach.

But some complained that dozens of cosmetics and a handful of drugs made with nanomaterials already have made it to the market while regulators have done little to track their use or safety.

“Unfortunately, so far the U.S. government has acted as a cheerleader, not a regulator, in addressing the nanotech revolution. Health and environmental effects have taken a back seat,” said Kathy Jo Wetter of ETC Group, an organization that tracks the impact of new technologies.

The FDA has treated products made with nanotechnology the same way it handles others. For drugs with nanomaterials, that means companies must provide evidence of safety and effectiveness before they reach the market. But cosmetics, foods and dietary supplements are not subject to FDA oversight before they are sold — with or without nanoparticles.

While no harm has been documented, concerns have arisen that the tiny particles are unpredictable and could have unforeseen impacts in the human body or in the environment.

As they called for close FDA oversight, many experts said they felt the agency was ill-equipped to regulate the new technology in the midst of other responsibilities.

“New nano-enabled drugs and medical devices … place burdens on an oversight agency that is already stretched extremely thin,” said David Rejeski, director of the Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies, a group aimed at helping society anticipate and manage effects of nanotechnology.

The FDA has created an internal task force on nanotechnology, and officials said they called the meeting to learn what scientific issues the agency should address.

The task force is due to report to the commissioner in nine months, said Dr. Randall Lutter, FDA’s associate commissioner for policy and planning.

“It’s not only the risks, it’s also looking at the potential. There’s a lot of opportunity… to bring great things to patients,” he said at the meeting.

Industry groups and some other experts urged the agency not to overreact.

“The key is to manage the risk while achieving the maximum benefit from these materials. It would be wrong for us to over-regulate,” said Martin Philbert of the University of Michigan School of Public Health.

Engineering Food at Level of Molecules

The New York Times

Published: October 10, 2006

At the BASF Beverage Lab in Ludwigshafen, Germany, Andreas Hasse, left, and Clemes Sambale

assess drinks that were made with synthetic beta-carotene, a nanoparticle used to add color and health benefits.

What if the candy maker Mars could come up with an additive to the coating of its M&M’s and Skittles that would keep them fresher longer and inhibit melting? Or if scientists at Unilever could shrink the fat particles (and thereby the calories) in premium ice cream without sacrificing its taste and feel?

These ideas are still laboratory dreams. The common thread in these research projects and in product development at many other food companies is nanotechnology, the name for a growing number of techniques for manipulating matter in dimensions as small as single molecules.

Food companies remain wary of pushing the technology — which is named for the nanometer, or a billionth of a meter — too far and too fast for safety-conscious consumers. But they are tantalized by nanotechnology’s capacity to create valuable and sometimes novel forms of everyday substances, like food ingredients and packaging materials, simply by reducing them to sizes that once seemed unimaginable.

Most of the hoopla and a lot of the promise for nanotechnology lies in other industries, including electronics, energy and medicine. But the first generation of nanotechnology-based food industry products, including synthetic food colorings, frying oil preservatives and packaging coated with antimicrobial agents, has quietly entered the market.

The commercial uses of the technology now add up to a $410 million sliver of the $3 trillion global food market, according to Cientifica, a British market research firm that specializes in nanotechnology coverage. Cientifica forecasts that nanotechnology’s share will grow to $5.8 billion by 2012, as other uses for it are developed.

Mindful of the adverse reaction from some consumers over the introduction of genetically engineered crops, the food industry hopes regulators will come up with supportive guidelines that will also allay consumers’ fears. That has put a spotlight on the Food and Drug Administration’s first public hearing today on how it should regulate nanotechnology, with a portion of the agenda specifically about food and food additives. No policy changes are expected this year.

“To their credit, the F.D.A. is trying to get a handle on what’s out there,” said Michael K. Hansen, senior scientist at Consumers Union, one of 30 groups that have signed up to speak at the meeting.

But coping with nanotechnology will be a daunting challenge for the agency, according to a report last week by a former senior F.D.A. official, whose analysis was sponsored by the Pew Charitable Trusts and the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a Washington policy group. Michael R. Taylor, a former deputy commissioner for policy at the agency, said the F.D.A. lacked the resources and, in the case of cosmetics, dietary supplements and food, the full legal authority needed to protect consumers and also foster innovation.

Industry representatives and analysts are worried that nanotechnology will suffer the same fate as genetic engineering, which was quickly embraced as a breakthrough for drug makers but has been fiercely opposed, especially in Europe, when used in crops, fish and livestock.

Many of the same groups fighting genetic engineering in agriculture have been arguing for regulators to clamp down on nanotechnology, in general, and its use in food and cosmetics, in particular, until more safety testing has been completed.

“I’m amazed at how far it’s gone already,” said Ronnie Cummins, director of the Organic Consumers Group, an advocate for organic products based in Finland, Minn. “Compared to nanotechnology, I think the threat of genetic engineering is tame.”

So far, there have been no confirmed reports of public health or environmental problems related to nanotechnology. But troubling laboratory tests suggest some nanoscale particles may pose novel health risks by, for instance, slipping easily past barriers to the brain that keep larger particles out. Thus, the same attributes that could make the technology valuable for delivering drugs could also make it hazardous.

More important, everyone agrees that there have been few rigorous studies of the actual behavior of the newly engineered nanoscale materials in humans and the environment. Those that have been completed fall far short of duplicating the range of conditions the nanoparticles would encounter in general commerce. And few laboratory studies have focused on the fate of particles that are eaten rather than inhaled or injected.

“Lack of evidence of harm should not be a proxy for reasonable certainty of safety,” the Consumers Union said in testimony submitted to the F.D.A. for today’s meeting. The language was carefully chosen.

“Reasonable certainty of safety” is what food companies must demonstrate to the F.D.A. before they can introduce a new food additive.

The Consumers Union and some other groups are suggesting that the agency automatically classify all new nanoscale food ingredients, including those now classified as safe in larger sizes, as new additives. And they want the same standards extended to cover food supplement companies, some of which have been marketing traditional herbal and mineral therapies in what they say are new nanoscale forms that increase their effectiveness. Some are also calling for mandatory labeling of products with synthetic nanoscale ingredients, no matter how small the quantity.

F.D.A. officials said last week that treating every new nanotechnology product that consumers swallow as a food additive might compromise the agency’s mandate to foster innovation and might not be within its authority. Such a move would also be hobbled by the lack of agreement on safety testing standards for the wide range of nanoscale innovations in the pipeline.

In addition, the agency lacks the staff to handle that scale of oversight.

“That would be a sea change for us,” said Laura Tarantino, director of the F.D.A.’s Office of Food Additive Safety.

Simply defining nanotechnology may also be a hurdle. BASF has been widely considered a pioneer for products like its synthetic lycopene, an additive that substitutes for the natural lycopene extracted from tomatoes and other fruits. Lycopene, widely used as a food coloring, is increasingly valued for its reported heart and anticancer benefits. But BASF’s particles average 200 to 400 nanometers in diameter, about the same as the natural pigment, and well above the 100-nanometer threshold that many experts consider true nanotechnology.

Unilever has never disclosed the dimensions of its shrunken fat particles. Trevor Gorin, a Unilever spokesman in Britain, said in an e-mail message that reports about the project have been misleading.

Given the uncertainty about the risks of consuming new nano products, many analysts expect near-term investment to focus on novel food processing and packaging technology. That is the niche targeted by Sunny Oh, whose start-up company, OilFresh, based in Sunnyvale, Calif., is marketing a novel device to keep frying oil fresh. OilFresh grinds zeolite, a mineral, into tiny beads averaging 20 nanometers across and coats them with an undisclosed material. Packed into a shelf inside the fryer, the beads interfere with chemical processes that break down the oil or form hydrocarbon clusters, Mr. Oh says. As a result, restaurants can use oil longer and transfer heat to food at lower temperatures, although they still need traditional filters to remove food waste from the oil.

Mr. Oh said OilFresh will move beyond restaurants into food processing by the end of the month, when it delivers a 1,000-ton version of the device to a “midsized potato chip company” that he said did not want to be identified.

The desire to avoid controversy has made even the largest food companies, like Kraft Foods, leery about discussing their interest in nanotechnology. Kraft, the second-largest food processor after Nestlé, was considered the industry’s nanotechnology pacesetter in 2000. That is when it announced the founding of an international alliance of academic researchers and experts at government labs to pursue basic research in nanotechnology sponsored by Kraft.

The Nanotek Consortium, as Kraft called the group, produced a number of patents for the company, but Kraft pulled back from its high-profile connection with nanotechnology two years ago. Manuel Marquez, the research chemist Kraft appointed to organize the consortium, moved to Philip Morris USA, a sister subsidiary of Altria that now sponsors the consortium under a new name — the Interdisciplinary Network of Emerging Science and Technologies.

Kraft still sends researchers to industry conferences to make what it calls “generic” presentations about the potential uses of nanotechnology in the food industry. But the company declines to specify its use of or plans for the technology.

F.D.A. officials say companies like Kraft are voluntarily but privately providing them with information about their activities. But many independent analysts say the level of disclosure to date falls far short of what will be needed to create public confidence.

“Most of the information is in companies and very little is published,” said Jennifer Kuzma, an associate director of the Center for Science, Technology, and Public Policy at the University of Minnesota, who has been tracking reports of nanotechnology use in food and agriculture.

Open Letter to the FDA to Stop Corporations from Lacing Foods, Body Care Products, & Supplements with Dangerous Nanoparticles
By Ronnie Cummins, National Director
Organic Consumers Association

Sept 23, 2006

Acting FDA Commissioner Andrew C. Von Eschenbach
Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305)
Food and Drug Administration
5630 Fishers Lane, Room 1061
Rockville, MD 20852

Dear Commissioner Von Eschenbach,

I write to express my serious concerns about the FDA’s regulatory oversight of nanomaterials in consumer products. Many consumer products containing engineered nanomaterials are already available on U.S. market shelves, including food and food packaging products.

Millions of dollars are being spent by government and industry to apply nanotechnology in areas of food processing, food packaging, and agricultural production. Current nano-food products on the market include a canola oil, a chocolate “slim” shake, a nano-bread, and several nano-food additives and supplements used in soft drinks, lemonades, fruit juices, and margarines. Many food packaging products use nano-composites, nano-clays, and nano-coatings. In addition, if industry observers are correct, hundreds of more new food and agriculture products are under development and many could be on the market in as few as two years. By 2010 the nano-food market will be $20 billion. Many of the world’s leading food companies – including H.J. Heinz, Nestle, Hershey, Unilever, and Kraft – are investing heavily in nanotechnology applications.

Scientists have found that the fundamental properties of matter can change at the nano-scale, creating physical and chemical properties distinct from those of the same material in bulk form. We know that the new properties of nanomaterials create new risks, like enhanced toxicity. Studies have raised numerous red flags, and many types of nanoparticles have proven to be toxic to human tissue and cells.

Nanoparticles can gain assess to the blood stream following ingestion. Once inside the body, the super-tiny size of these materials gives them unprecedented mobility and access to the human body; they can access cells, tissues, and organs that larger particles cannot. The length of time that nanoparticles remain in organs and what dose may cause harmful effects remains unknown.

It does not appear that FDA is ready for this wave of nano-food products. I am very concerned about the rapid introduction of these potentially hazardous nanomaterials into our bodies and into our environment without adequate scientific study to ensure that we understand their risks and can prevent harm occurring to people and the environment. The FDA’s failure to undertake or review new testing of these nanomaterials despite these known and foreseeable dangers suggests the agency’s review process is not acting to ensure consumer health and safety.

For these reasons, I strongly request that FDA use its upcoming Public Meeting and its new Nanotechnology Task Force to discuss the human health and environmental risks presented by nanomaterials in consumer products, including food and food packaging products. FDA should act quickly to shore up its regulation of these substances to account for their fundamentally different properties and their associated dangers, including require new nano-specific testing and the labeling of all nanomaterial products, including nano-food products.

Currently, FDA’s reliance on manufacturers’ assurances of safety make me and my family into guinea pigs. FDA must instead independently review all testing and assess the safety of these products as well as force manufacturers to label their nanomaterial products. Only with labeling can I make educated decisions about what I buy and put in and on my body. Until such actions are taken, I fully support a moratorium on the manufacture of nanomaterial consumer products and the recall of products currently on the market.

Ronnie Cummins
National Director
Organic Consumers Association
Finland, Minnesota 55603

FDA not ‘nano-ready’, says report
By Clarisse Douaud

A former FDA deputy commissioner for policy has denounced the agency’s capacity to properly regulate nanotechnology products including supplements, a criticism that could inflame debate leading up to the agency’s first major public meeting on the atomic technology.

In a report commissioned by the Woodrow Wilson Center’s project on emerging nanotechnologies, University of Maryland School of Medicine professor Michael Taylor concluded the US Food & Drug Administration’s resource base is severely eroded. This is despite what appears to be a recent nanotechnology policy kick-start at the FDA.

The report reveals regulatory weaknesses affecting new products, such as certain dietary supplements and cosmetics, using the technology. Critics say questions over nanotechnology safety have not been answered and the FDA is not in a position to effectively police it.

“Unless the FDA addresses potential nanotechnology risks now, public confidence in a host of valuable nanotechnology-based products could be undermined,” wrote Taylor, who was deputy commissioner for policy at the Food and Drug Administration from 1991 to 1994 and currently conducts research on policy, resource, and institutional issues affecting public health agencies.

Nanotechnology is the ability to control things at an atomic and molecular scale of between one and 100 nanometers and has been met with enthusiasm across a variety of industries. Critics highlight the murky area of how nanoparticles affect toxicity and say the particles should be treated as new, potentially harmful materials and tested for safety accordingly.

“There are important gaps in FDA’s legal authority that hamper its ability to understand and manage nanotechnology’s potential risks,” wrote Taylor. “This is particularly true in the area of cosmetics and dietary supplements, and in the oversight of products after they reach the marketplace.”

Unlike pharmaceuticals, which must go through a series of pre-market approvals, finished dietary supplements need no pre-market approval. Under the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (DSHEA), which is part of the Food and Cosmetics Act, only ingredients not marketed in the US before October 1994 must be approved by FDA before use in consumer products.

Thus, as it stands, pre-market regulation of nanotechnology in dietary supplements does not fall under FDA’s regulatory umbrella, nor – according to Taylor – can it fit into the agency’s budget.

But Taylor points out in the report that the FDA is restricted in what it can do due to a dire lack of funding under the current administration. In order to continue activities mandated in 1996, FDA’s 2006 budget would have to increase by 49 percent, according to Taylor, and under President Bush’s 2007 FDA budget this funding gap will grow to 56 percent.

“But FDA’s lack of ‘nano-readiness’ is about more than dollars,” said Taylor.

“Business and health leaders alike should join in ensuring that FDA has the scientific tools and knowledge it needs to say ‘yes’ to safe and effective new products,” said Taylor.

The market stands to benefit from nanotechnology and therefore also stands to lose a lot, according to Taylor, if it is not thoroughly regulated.

In 2005, nanotechnology was incorporated into more than $30bn in manufactured goods, according to Lux Research, almost double the previous year. The market analyst projects that by 2014, 15 percent of all global manufactured goods will incorporate nanotechnology.

The Washington, DC-based Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars initiated its project on emerging nanotechnologies in 2005 with the aim of helping business, government and the public manage possible implications of the technology.

FDA’s nanotechnology public meeting will take place October 10, 2006 in Bethesda, Maryland.

According to FDA, the purpose of the meeting is to help the agency in its understanding of developments in nanotechnology materials relating to FDA-regulated products.

“FDA is interested in learning about the kinds of new nanotechnology material products under development in the areas of foods (including dietary supplements), food and color additives, animal feeds, cosmetics, drugs and biologics, and medical devices…” states an online FDA notice for the upcoming meeting.

Nanotechnology Risks Unknown
Insufficient Attention Paid to Potential Dangers, Report Says
By Rick Weiss
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, September 26, 2006; Page A12

The United States is the world leader in nanotechnology — the newly blossoming science of making incredibly small materials and devices — but is not paying enough attention to the environmental, health and safety risks posed by nanoscale products, says a report released yesterday by the independent National Research Council.

If federal officials, business leaders and others do not devise a plan to fill the gaps in their knowledge of nanotech safety, the report warns, the field’s great promise could evaporate in a cloud of public mistrust.

“There is some evidence that engineered nanoparticles can have adverse effects on the health of laboratory animals,” the congressionally mandated report said, echoing concerns raised by others at a House hearing last week. Until the risks are better understood, “it is prudent to employ some precautionary measures to protect the health and safety of workers, the public, and the environment.”

The 176-page report, “A Matter of Size,” was prepared under the auspices of the National Academies, chartered to advise Congress on matters of science. It focuses on the National Nanotechnology Initiative, which coordinates and prioritizes federal research in nanotechnology — the fledgling but potentially revolutionary science that deals with materials as small as a billionth of a meter.

At that size, even conventional substances behave in unconventional ways. Some materials that do not conduct electricity or are fragile, for example, are excellent conductors and are extremely strong when made small enough. But nanoparticles can also enter human cells and trigger chemical reactions in soil, interfering with biological and ecological processes.

The report concludes that the U.S. research effort is vibrant and almost certainly the strongest in the world, though a few other countries are close behind. Among the more important unmet needs, it says, is stronger collaboration with the departments of Education and Labor to boost the supply of scientists and technicians with the skills the sector needs.

The report’s concerns about the lack of a federal focus on nanotech health and safety were foreshadowed at a House Science Committee hearing Thursday at which Republicans and Democrats alike took the Bush administration to task over the lack of a plan to learn more about nanotech’s risks.

Committee Chairman Sherwood L. Boehlert (R-N.Y.) accused the administration of “sauntering” toward solutions “at a time when a sense of urgency is required.”

Ranking Democrat Bart Gordon (Tenn.) went further, calling the administration’s latest summary of nanotech research needs, released at the hearing, “a very juvenile piece of work.”

Andrew Maynard, chief science adviser for the Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies, funded in part by the Smithsonian Institution, said the government is spending about $11 million a year on nanotechnology’s potential harms when industry and environmental groups have jointly called for at least $50 million to $100 million a year. Equally important, Maynard said, is the need for a coordinated strategy to spend that money wisely.

About 300 consumer products already contain nanoscale ingredients, Maynard said, including several foods and many cosmetics, with little or no research to document their safety.

The industry is expected to be worth about $2 trillion by 2014.

Norris Alderson, associate commissioner for science at the Food and Drug Administration and chairman of the working group that created the administration’s summary research plan presented to Congress last week, said the document — which was supposed to be delivered six months ago — was meant as “a first step.” Asked by Boehlert if he understood that much more is expected of him and his working group, Alderson responded:

“I think your message is loud and clear.”


An Overview of Nanotechnology

Many of us have heard about nanotechnology, but what does it mean? When we are talking for example about chemtrails it’s very important to understand nanotechnology and it’s capabilities. So here’s an overview of nanotechnology:


Image source

An Overview of Nanotechnology
Adapted by J.Storrs Hall from papers by Ralph C. Merkle and K. Eric Drexler


Nanotechnology is an anticipated manufacturing technology giving thorough, inexpensive control of the structure of matter. The term has sometimes been used to refer to any technique able to work at a submicron scale; Here on sci.nanotech we are interested in what is sometimes called molecular nanotechnology, which means basically “A place for every atom and every atom in its place.” (other terms, such as molecular engineering, molecular manufacturing, etc. are also often applied).

Molecular manufacturing will enable the construction of giga-ops computers smaller than a cubic micron; cell repair machines; personal manufacturing and recycling appliances; and much more.


Broadly speaking, the central thesis of nanotechnology is that almost any chemically stable structure that can be specified can in fact be built. This possibility was first advanced by Richard Feynman in 1959 [4] when he said: “The principles of physics, as far as I can see, do not speak against the possibility of maneuvering things atom by atom.” (Feynman won the 1965 Nobel prize in physics).

This concept is receiving increasing attention in the research community. There have been two international conferences directly on molecular nanotechnology[30,31] as well as a broad range of conferences on related subjects. Science [23, page 26] said “The ability to design and manufacture devices that are only tens or hundreds of atoms across promises rich rewards in electronics, catalysis, and materials. The scientific rewards should be just as great, as researchers approach an ultimate level of control – assembling matter one atom at a time.” “Within the decade, [John] Foster [at IBM Almaden] or some other scientist is likely to learn how to piece together atoms and molecules one at a time using the STM [Scanning Tunnelling Microscope].”

Eigler and Schweizer[25] at IBM reported on “…the use of the STM at low temperatures (4 K) to position individual xenon atoms on a single-crystal nickel surface with atomic precision. This capacity has allowed us to fabricate rudimentary structures of our own design, atom by atom. The processes we describe are in principle applicable to molecules also. …”


Drexler[1,8,11,19,32] has proposed the “assembler”, a device having a submicroscopic robotic arm under computer control. It will be capable of holding and positioning reactive compounds in order to control the precise location at which chemical reactions take place. This general approach should allow the construction of large atomically precise objects by a sequence of precisely controlled chemical reactions, building objects molecule by molecule. If designed to do so, assemblers will be able to build copies of themselves, that is, to replicate.

Because they will be able to copy themselves, assemblers will be inexpensive. We can see this by recalling that many other products of molecular machines–firewood, hay, potatoes–cost very little. By working in large teams, assemblers and more specialized nanomachines will be able to build objects cheaply. By ensuring that each atom is properly placed, they will manufacture products of high quality and reliability. Left-over molecules would be subject to this strict control as well, making the manufacturing process extremely clean.


The plausibility of this approach can be illustrated by the ribosome. Ribosomes manufacture all the proteins used in all living things on this planet. A typical ribosome is relatively small (a few thousand cubic nanometers) and is capable of building almost any protein by stringing together amino acids (the building blocks of proteins) in a precise linear sequence. To do this, the ribosome has a means of grasping a specific amino acid (more precisely, it has a means of selectively grasping a specific transfer RNA, which in turn is chemically bonded by a specific enzyme to a specific amino acid), of grasping the growing polypeptide, and of causing the specific amino acid to react with and be added to the end of the polypeptide[9].

The instructions that the ribosome follows in building a protein are provided by mRNA (messenger RNA). This is a polymer formed from the four bases adenine, cytosine, guanine, and uracil. A sequence of several hundred to a few thousand such bases codes for a specific protein. The ribosome “reads” this “control tape” sequentially, and acts on the directions it provides.


In an analogous fashion, an assembler will build an arbitrary molecular structure following a sequence of instructions. The assembler, however, will provide three-dimensional positional and full orientational control over the molecular component (analogous to the individual amino acid) being added to a growing complex molecular structure (analogous to the growing polypeptide). In addition, the assembler will be able to form any one of several different kinds of chemical bonds, not just the single kind (the peptide bond) that the ribosome makes.

Calculations indicate that an assembler need not inherently be very large. Enzymes “typically” weigh about 10^5 amu (atomic mass units). while the ribosome itself is about 3 x 10^6 amu[9]. The smallest assembler might be a factor of ten or so larger than a ribosome. Current design ideas for an assembler are somewhat larger than this: cylindrical “arms” about 100 nanometers in length and 30 nanometers in diameter, rotary joints to allow arbitrary positioning of the tip of the arm, and a worst-case positional accuracy at the tip of perhaps 0.1 to 0.2 nanometers, even in the presence of thermal noise. Even a solid block of diamond as large as such an arm weighs only sixteen million amu, so we can safely conclude that a hollow arm of such dimensions would weigh less. Six such arms would weigh less than 10^8 amu.

Molecular Computers

The assembler requires a detailed sequence of control signals, just as the ribosome requires mRNA to control its actions. Such detailed control signals can be provided by a computer. A feasible design for a molecular computer has been presented by Drexler[2,11]. This design is mechanical in nature, and is based on sliding rods that interact by blocking or unblocking each other at “locks.” This design has a size of about 5 cubic nanometers per “lock” (roughly equivalent to a single logic gate). Quadrupling this size to 20 cubic nanometers (to allow for power, interfaces, and the like) and assuming that we require a minimum of 10^4 “locks” to provide minimal control results in a volume of 2 x 10^5 cubic nanometers (.0002 cubic microns) for the computational element. (This many gates is sufficient to build a simple 4-bit or 8-bit general purpose computer, e.g. a 6502).

An assembler might have a kilobyte of high speed (rod-logic based) RAM, (similar to the amount of RAM used in a modern one-chip computer) and 100 kilobytes of slower but more dense “tape” storage – this tape storage would have a mass of 10^8 amu or less (roughly 10 atoms per bit – see below). Some additional mass will be used for communications (sending and receiving signals from other computers) and power. In addition, there will probably be a “toolkit” of interchangable tips that can be placed at the ends of the assembler’s arms. When everything is added up a small assembler, with arms, computer, “toolkit,” etc. should weigh less than 10^9 amu.

Escherichia coli (a common bacterium) weigh about 10^12 amu[9, page 123]. Thus, an assembler should be much larger than a ribosome, but much smaller than a bacterium.

Self-Replicating Systems

It is also interesting to compare Drexler’s architecture for an assembler with the Von Neumann architecture for a self replicating device. Von Neumann’s “universal constructing automaton”[21] had both a universal Turing machine to control its functions and a “constructing arm” to build the “secondary automaton.” The constructing arm can be positioned in a two-dimensional plane, and the “head” at the end of the constructing arm is used to build the desired structure. While Von Neumann’s construction was theoretical (existing in a two dimensional cellular automata world), it still embodied many of the critical elements that now appear in the assembler.

Should we be concerned about runaway replicators? It would be hard to build a machine with the wonderful adaptability of living organisms. The replicators easiest to build will be inflexible machines, like automobiles or industrial robots, and will require special fuels and raw materials, the equivalents of hydraulic fluid and gasoline. To build a runaway replicator that could operate in the wild would be like building a car that could go off-road and fuel itself from tree sap. With enough work, this should be possible, but it will hardly happen by accident. Without replication, accidents would be like those of industry today: locally harmful, but not catastrophic to the biosphere. Catastrophic problems seem more likely to arise though deliberate misuse, such as the use of nanotechnology for military aggression.

Positional Chemistry

Chemists have been remarkably successful at synthesizing a wide range of compounds with atomic precision. Their successes, however, are usually small in size (with the notable exception of various polymers). Thus, we know that a wide range of atomically precise structures with perhaps a few hundreds of atoms in them are quite feasible. Larger atomically precise structures with complex three-dimensional shapes can be viewed as a connected sequence of small atomically precise structures. While chemists have the ability to precisely sculpt small collections of atoms there is currently no ability to extend this capability in a general way to structures of larger size. An obvious structure of considerable scientific and economic interest is the computer. The ability to manufacture a computer from atomically precise logic elements of molecular size, and to position those logic elements into a three- dimensional volume with a highly precise and intricate interconnection pattern would have revolutionary consequences for the computer industry.

A large atomically precise structure, however, can be viewed as simply a collection of small atomically precise objects which are then linked together. To build a truly broad range of large atomically precise objects requires the ability to create highly specific positionally controlled bonds. A variety of highly flexible synthetic techniques have been considered in [32]. We shall describe two such methods here to give the reader a feeling for the kind of methods that will eventually be feasible.

We assume that positional control is available and that all reactions take place in a hard vacuum. The use of a hard vacuum allows highly reactive intermediate structures to be used, e.g., a variety of radicals with one or more dangling bonds. Because the intermediates are in a vacuum, and because their position is controlled (as opposed to solutions, where the position and orientation of a molecule are largely random), such radicals will not react with the wrong thing for the very simple reason that they will not come into contact with the wrong thing.

Normal solution-based chemistry offers a smaller range of controlled synthetic possibilities. For example, highly reactive compounds in solution will promptly react with the solution. In addition, because positional control is not provided, compounds randomly collide with other compounds. Any reactive compound will collide randomly and react randomly with anything available. Solution-based chemistry requires extremely careful selection of compounds that are reactive enough to participate in the desired reaction, but sufficiently non-reactive that they do not accidentally participate in an undesired side reaction. Synthesis under these conditions is somewhat like placing the parts of a radio into a box, shaking, and pulling out an assembled radio. The ability of chemists to synthesize what they want under these conditions is amazing.

Much of current solution-based chemical synthesis is devoted to preventing unwanted reactions. With assembler-based synthesis, such prevention is a virtually free by-product of positional control.

To illustrate positional synthesis in vacuum somewhat more concretely, let us suppose we wish to bond two compounds, A and B. As a first step, we could utilize positional control to selectively abstract a specific hydrogen atom from compound A. To do this, we would employ a radical that had two spatially distinct regions: one region would have a high affinity for hydrogen while the other region could be built into a larger “tip” structure that would be subject to positional control. A simple example would be the 1-propynyl radical, which consists of three co-linear carbon atoms and three hydrogen atoms bonded to the sp3 carbon at the “base” end. The radical carbon at the radical end is triply bonded to the middle carbon, which in turn is singly bonded to the base carbon. In a real abstraction tool, the base carbon would be bonded to other carbon atoms in a larger diamondoid structure which provides positional control, and the tip might be further stabilized by a surrounding “collar” of unreactive atoms attached near the base that would prevent lateral motions of the reactive tip.

The affinity of this structure for hydrogen is quite high. Propyne (the same structure but with a hydrogen atom bonded to the “radical” carbon) has a hydrogen-carbon bond dissociation energy in the vicinity of 132 kilocalories per mole. As a consequence, a hydrogen atom will prefer being bonded to the 1-propynyl hydrogen abstraction tool in preference to being bonded to almost any other structure. By positioning the hydrogen abstraction tool over a specific hydrogen atom on compound A, we can perform a site specific hydrogen abstraction reaction. This requires positional accuracy of roughly a bond length (to prevent abstraction of an adjacent hydrogen). Quantum chemical analysis of this reaction by Musgrave et. al.[41] show that the activation energy for this reaction is low, and that for the abstraction of hydrogen from the hydrogenated diamond (111) surface (modeled by isobutane) the barrier is very likely zero.

Having once abstracted a specific hydrogen atom from compound A, we can repeat the process for compound B. We can now join compound A to compound B by positioning the two compounds so that the two dangling bonds are adjacent to each other, and allowing them to bond.

This illustrates a reaction using a single radical. With positional control, we could also use two radicals simultaneously to achieve a specific objective. Suppose, for example, that two atoms A1 and A2 which are part of some larger molecule are bonded to each other. If we were to position the two radicals X1 and X2 adjacent to A1 and A2, respectively, then a bonding structure of much lower free energy would be one in which the A1-A2 bond was broken, and two new bonds A1-X1 and A2-X2 were formed. Because this reaction involves breaking one bond and making two bonds (i.e., the reaction product is not a radical and is chemically stable) the exact nature of the radicals is not critical. Breaking one bond to form two bonds is a favored reaction for a wide range of cases. Thus, the positional control of two radicals can be used to break any of a wide range of bonds.

A range of other reactions involving a variety of reactive intermediate compounds (carbenes are among the more interesting ones) are proposed in [32], along with the results of semi-empirical and ab initio quantum calculations and the available experimental evidence.

Another general principle that can be employed with positional synthesis is the controlled use of force. Activation energy, normally provided by thermal energy in conventional chemistry, can also be provided by mechanical means. Pressures of 1.7 megabars have been achieved experimentally in macroscopic systems[43]. At the molecular level such pressure corresponds to forces that are a large fraction of the force required to break a chemical bond. A molecular vise made of hard diamond-like material with a cavity designed with the same precision as the reactive site of an enzyme can provide activation energy by the extremely precise application of force, thus causing a highly specific reaction between two compounds.

To achieve the low activation energy needed in reactions involving radicals requires little force, allowing a wider range of reactions to be caused by simpler devices (e.g., devices that are able to generate only small force). Further analysis is provided in [32].

Feynman said: “The problems of chemistry and biology can be greatly helped if our ability to see what we are doing, and to do things on an atomic level, is ultimately developed – a development which I think cannot be avoided.” Drexler has provided the substantive analysis required before this objective can be turned into a reality. We are nearing an era when we will be able to build virtually any structure that is specified in atomic detail and which is consistent with the laws of chemistry and physics. This has substantial implications for future medical technologies and capabilities.


One consequence of the existence of assemblers is that they are cheap. Because an assembler can be programmed to build almost any structure, it can in particular be programmed to build another assembler. Thus, self reproducing assemblers should be feasible and in consequence the manufacturing costs of assemblers would be primarily the cost of the raw materials and energy required in their construction. Eventually (after amortization of possibly quite high development costs), the price of assemblers (and of the objects they build) should be no higher than the price of other complex structures made by self-replicating systems. Potatoes – which have a staggering design complexity involving tens of thousands of different genes and different proteins directed by many megabits of genetic information – cost well under a dollar per pound.


The three paths of protein design (biotechnology), biomimetic chemistry, and atomic positioning are parts of a broad bottom up strategy: working at the molecular level to increase our ability to control matter. Traditional miniaturization efforts based on microelectronics technology have reached the submicron scale; these can be characterized as the top down strategy. The bottom-up strategy, however, seems more promising. INFORMATION

More information on nanotechnology can be found in these books (all by Eric Drexler (and various co-authors)):

Engines of Creation (Anchor, 1986) ISBN: 0-385-19972-2

This book was the definition of the original charter of sci.nanotech. Popularly written, it introduces assemblers, and discusses the various social and technical implications nanotechnology might have.

Unbounding the Future (Morrow, 1991) 0-688-09124-5

Essentially an update of Engines, with a better low-level description of how nanomachines might work, and less speculation on space travel, cryonics, etc.

Nanosystems (Wiley, 1992) 0-471-57518-6

This is the technical book that grew out of Drexler’s PhD thesis. It is a real tour de force that provides a substantial theoretical background for nanotech ideas.

The Foresight Institute publishes on both technical and nontechnical issues in nanotechnology. For example, students may write for their free Briefing #1, “Studying Nanotechnology”. The Foresight Institute’s main publications are the Update newsletter and Background essay series. The Update newsletter includes both policy discussions and a technical column enabling readers to find material of interest in the recent scientific literature. These publications can be found at Foresight’s web page.

email address: foresight@cup.portal.com

A set of papers and the archives of sci.nanotech can be had by standard anonymous FTP to nanotech.rutgers.edu. /nanotech

Sci.nanotech is moderated and is intended to be of a technical nature.

–JoSH (moderator)


[Not all of these are referred to in the text, but they are of interest nevertheless.]

1. “Engines of Creation” by K. Eric Drexler, Anchor Press, 1986.

2. “Nanotechnology: wherein molecular computers control tiny circulatory submarines”, by A. K. Dewdney, Scientific American, January 1988, pages 100 to 103.

3. “Foresight Update”, a publication of the Foresight Institute, Box 61058, Palo Alto, CA 94306.

4. “There’s Plenty of Room at the Bottom” a talk by Richard Feynman (awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1965) at an annual meeting of the American Physical Society given on December 29, 1959. Reprinted in “Miniaturization”, edited by H. D. Gilbert (Reinhold, New York, 1961) pages 282-296.

5. “Scanning Tunneling Microscopy and Atomic Force Microscopy: Application to Biology and Technology” by P. K. Hansma, V. B. Elings, O. Marti, and C. E. Bracker. Science, October 14 1988, page 209-216.

6. “Molecular manipulation using a tunnelling microscope,” by J. S. Foster, J. E. Frommer and P. C. Arnett. Nature, Vol. 331 28 January 1988, pages 324-326.

7. “The fundamental physical limits of computation” by Charles H. Bennet and Rolf Landauer, Scientific American Vol. 253, July 1985, pages 48-56.

8. “Molecular Engineering: An Approach to the Development of General Capabilities for Molecular Manipulation,” by K. Eric Drexler, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (USA), Vol 78, pp 5275- 78, 1981.

9. “Molecular Biology of the Gene”, fourth edition, by James D. Watson, Nancy H. Hopkins, Jeffrey W. Roberts, Joan Argetsinger Steitz, and Alan M. Weiner. Benjamin Cummings, 1987. It can now be purchased as a single large volume.

10. “Tiny surgical robot being developed”, San Jose Mercury News, Feb. 18, 1989, page 26A

11. “Rod Logic and Thermal Noise in the Mechanical Nanocomputer”, by K. Eric Drexler, Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on Molecular Electronic Devices, F. Carter ed., Elsevier 1988.

12. “Submarines small enough to cruise the bloodstream”, in Business Week, March 27 1989, page 64.

13. “Conservative Logic”, by Edward Fredkin and Tommaso Toffoli, International Journal of Theoretical Physics, Vol. 21 Nos. 3/4, 1982, pages 219-253.

14. “The Tomorrow Makers”, Grant Fjermedal, MacMillan 1986.

15. “Dissipation and noise immunity in computation and communication” by Rolf Landauer, Nature, Vol. 335, October 27 1988, page 779.

16. “Notes on the History of Reversible Computation” by Charles H. Bennett, IBM Journal of Research and Development, Vol. 32, No. 1, January 1988.

17. “Classical and Quantum Limitations on Energy Consumption in Computation” by K. K. Likharev, International Journal of Theoretical Physics, Vol. 21, Nos. 3/4, 1982.

18. “Principles and Techniques of Electron Microscopy: Biological Applications,” Third edition, by M. A. Hayat, CRC Press, 1989.

19. “Machines of Inner Space” by K. Eric Drexler, 1990 Yearbook of Science and the Future, pages 160-177, published by Encyclopedia Britannica, Chicago 1989.

20. “Reversible Conveyer Computation in Array of Parametric Quantrons” by K. K. Likharev, S. V. Rylov, and V. K. Semenov, IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, Vol. 21 No. 2, March 1985, pages 947-950

21. “Theory of Self Reproducing Automata” by John Von Neumann, edited by Arthur W. Burks, University of Illinois Press, 1966.

22. “The Children of the STM” by Robert Pool, Science, Feb. 9, 1990, pages 634-636.

23. “A Small Revolution Gets Under Way,” by Robert Pool, Science, Jan. 5 1990.

24. “Advanced Automation for Space Missions”, Proceedings of the 1980 NASA/ASEE Summer Study, edited by Robert A. Freitas, Jr. and William P. Gilbreath. Available from NTIS, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA 22161; telephone 703-487- 4650, order no. N83-15348

25. “Positioning Single Atoms with a Scanning Tunnelling Microscope,” by D. M. Eigler and E. K. Schweizer, Nature Vol 344, April 5 1990, page 524-526.

26. “Mind Children” by Hans Moravec, Harvard University Press, 1988.

27. “Microscopy of Chemical-Potential Variations on an Atomic Scale” by C.C. Williams and H.K. Wickramasinghe, Nature, Vol 344, March 22 1990, pages 317-319.

28. “Time/Space Trade-Offs for Reversible Computation” by Charles H. Bennett, SIAM J. Computing, Vol. 18, No. 4, pages 766-776, August 1989.

29. “Fixation for Electron Microscopy” by M. A. Hayat, Academic Press, 1981.

30. “Nonexistent technology gets a hearing,” by I. Amato, Science News, Vol. 136, November 4, 1989, page 295.

31. “The Invisible Factory,” The Economist, December 9, 1989, page 91.

32. “Nanosystems: Molecular Machinery, Manufacturing and Computation,” by K. Eric Drexler, John Wiley 1992.

33. “MITI heads for inner space” by David Swinbanks, Nature, Vol 346, August 23 1990, page 688-689.

34. “Fundamentals of Physics,” Third Edition Extended, by David Halliday and Robert Resnick, Wiley 1988.

35. “General Chemistry” Second Edition, by Donald A. McQuarrie and Peter A. Rock, Freeman 1987.

36. “Charles Babbage On the Principles and Development of the Calculator and Other Seminal Writings” by Charles Babbage and others. Dover, New York, 1961.

37. “Molecular Mechanics” by U. Burkert and N. L. Allinger, American Chemical Society Monograph 177 (1982).

38. “Breaking the Diffraction Barrier: Optical Microscopy on a Nanometric Scale” by E. Betzig, J. K. Trautman, T.D. Harris, J.S. Weiner, and R.L. Kostelak, Science Vol. 251, March 22 1991, page 1468.

39. “Two Types of Mechanical Reversible Logic,” by Ralph C. Merkle, submitted to Nanotechnology.

40. “Atom by Atom, Scientists build ‘Invisible’ Machines of the Future,” Andrew Pollack, The New York Times, Science section, Tuesday November 26, 1991, page B7.

41. “Theoretical analysis of a site-specific hydrogen abstraction tool,” by Charles Musgrave, Jason Perry, Ralph C. Merkle and William A. Goddard III, in Nanotechnology, April 1992.

42. “Near-Field Optics: Microscopy, Spectroscopy, and Surface Modifications Beyond the Diffraction Limit” by Eric Betzig and Jay K. Trautman, Science, Vol. 257, July 10 1992, pages 189-195.

43. “Guinness Book of World Records,” Donald McFarlan et. al., Bantam 1989.


If Chemtrails and HAARP Didn’t Disturb You Enough, Wait Until You Hear About Morgellons

Rather long article about this horrendous situation:

by Amir Alwani

Contributing Writer

November 21, 2011
from ActivistPost Website


For those unaware what chemtrails are, I will do my best to give you an accurate breakdown of how I found out about them and what I’ve learned since. I will also include some health remedies that I’ve come across which may be of some use.

Around October of 2009 I heard that our government was spraying us with chemicals from airplanes. I should have immediately investigated further, but I didn’t until many months later.

Why? Many reasons, not least because I was consuming high levels of fluoride and my diet was basically, “eat what comes my way”.

As this began to change I gained enough sanity to start to notice the chemtrails more and investigate further. I experienced so many synchronicities around this time, typically indicative of change in one’s life.

Eventually, what I uncovered baffled and disgusted me. I would like to stress that I do not seek to alarm anyone with the information presented here. Morgellons is downright creepy and exhausting to even think about. I’m really not surprised why I just found out about Morgellons now, despite having researched and filmed chemtrails for over a year. I only seek to encourage much needed-debate and research.

Many of you will already be familiar with a lot of this, but if you bear with me it eventually gets more interesting. For the newbies, proceed with caution. This is just a brief overview but there are graphic videos linked in this article.

Some of you might not want to be eating when you watch some of these.

A Brief Note To The Skeptics

If you exhale in the winter you can see your breath because the surrounding air is cold.

Planes are closer to space and it’s cold up there, so you get these trails coming out of the engines of the planes. However, in the past when the planes would leave contrails (condensation trails), those trails would disappear quickly, within minutes.

Now, as a result of government projects around the world many planes are leaving trails which linger, persist, expand and turn into what people then tragically refer to as “clouds.”

Tests show gargantuan levels of aluminum, barium, strontium, among other strange ingredients like red blood cells and fungus. This is altering our atmosphere day by day, taking away the sky’s deep blue color, replacing it with an ominous and poisonous, sometimes blindingly fluorescent white haze.

You are being attacked in this “modern” age and that much is certain. Whether you agree that the chemtrails exist or represent this, it is obvious that you are being attacked via your water and food.

Personally, I don’t think adding air to the list seems far fetched at this point. And that’s just for “physical” stuff. I haven’t yet reminded you about the bombardment on our minds and souls via school and the soul-sucking mainstream media.

Skeptics would be wise to note that one of the reasons that it’s not always just condensation trailing behind the planes is that the spraying often turns off and on. It is very revealing that one can see the planes spray and then stop spraying and then spray again (especially while the plane does not change speed or anything like that). To me that’s about as obvious as the demolition of the twin towers and building 7, but I digress.

There are seemingly thousands of other valid points confirming the fact that we’re being sprayed. If I wrote this a year ago, I might have included many more of those but the data is out there.

The internet abounds with analysis on this subject.

There are many weather-modification programs ravaging this earth. The spraying is happening in at least all of the NATO countries.

Even the UN admits that geo-engineering projects are occurring. It’s getting coverage in mainstream media now. An NBC-affiliated station called KMIR reported on it.

Zen Gardner succinctly writes,

“If this is news to you, see the US Military paper Owning the Weather by 2025. Says it all. Like chemtrails, just the patents for all this technology is a total giveaway.”

The denial is very close to being over.

This expensive project, in its many various forms, is happening. The ominous programs are supposedly to fight global warming but global warming is a hoax and the chemtrails are making us sicker.

Mystery shrouds this branch of knowledge and even for those who’ve gotten their feet wet the invitation to investigate further is often lost in a gigantic sea of,

  • information

  • wars

  • protests

  • chaos

  • distractions

  • routine,

…and an endless bombardment of crisis after crisis.


In a sad and hauntingly effective effort to curtail the truth, we are told that there are simply new types of clouds these days.

These new types of clouds just popped up now? Just like this fire tornado and this death ray? Give me a break. This would be laughable if it wasn’t disturbing.

As for the meteorologists, they seem to either not care or are ignorant. Them not reporting on this is like a nutritionist or a personal trainer recommending you eat at McDonald’s. Meanwhile, television and cute little computer-generated Disney films and other Disney propaganda gets children used to seeing the weather behave in strange ways.

Images of chemtrails are being found in many commercials, advertisements, and products just to pacify us. Introduce it to us slowly enough and nobody will notice.

Sure, some of it must not be intentional, as there’s so many chemtrails it’s hard to take a sky shot without them sometimes, but many of them are intentional.

People can barely salvage memory of Osama being a CIA asset or that western powers used to be friendly with Saddam Hussein. One decade Saddam is a friend; the next he’s getting hanged medieval-style. Does anybody even remember the West speaking fondly of the Egyptian dictator one week and then not fondly the next? No.

Most people have no memory (at our current stage of evolution) and don’t care or pay attention.

Few remember that the sky didn’t always look this freakishly wavy:



Look Up

Many can’t even imagine an aerosol project so evil, so they try their best to avoid thinking about it or discussing it with anybody.

For many others who are a little less cowardly, all they need to wake up is to look up. I don’t know if that’s something to be proud of, or if it’s a shame that people even have to be told to look up – it’s probably both. If you’re reading this, go look outside right now.

There’s a good chance you’ll see a plane spraying your sky. I’m not even exaggerating.

I used to keep a tally of the days they were spraying until I noticed it was almost every day (even at night). And if you don’t see something being sprayed, there’s a good chance you’ll see lots of bizarre straight lines that we did not used to see in the past.

I eventually took many photos and shot time-lapse videos of the flagrant bio-chemical attack and the associated scalar electromagnetic waves (discussed in more detail later):

Less Sunlight

Discovering the chemtrails proved to reveal a lot more than I originally thought it would.

For one thing, it became clear that many people did not care about sunlight. For most people busy resisting the idea that chemtrails even exist, they completely miss out on noticing the fact that our skies have less sunlight. You don’t need a study to tell you this.

Whether or not you think the chemicals they’re spraying are bad for us, it would really be something else to say that you have no problem with losing your sunlight. Sunlight allows our bodies to produce Vitamin D, after all.

Vitamin D deficiency causes a lot of problems.

Natural News reports that,

“Your risk of developing serious diseases like diabetes and cancer is reduced 50% – 80% through simple, sensible exposure to natural sunlight 2-3 times each week.”

If you’re going to be talking about throwing microscopic bits of aluminum into our sky to deflect sun rays you better make sure you know the full health implications.

The Anthropogenic Global Warming Hoax

When people finally admit to themselves that this spraying is actually happening there are those that then gravitate towards the assertion that this is an effort to deal with “global warming” / “climate change,” and that may indeed be the case with respect to many of these programs.

However, I repeat – human-made global warming is a giant hoax. Look at the geo-engineering section of my website and you’ll see lots of data backing up my assertion. Climate Depot is also a good source of info on this.

I don’t buy the lies about CO2 being the devil.

Studies show plants would love more CO2. I don’t want to be a guinea pig. If people are already throwing metals into the air to deal with this, then I’m already a guinea pig. It’s quite simple.

This subject deserves as much investigation as possible, and even more courage if one wants to stomach what is uncovered.

It’s useful to keep in mind that just because you wouldn’t harm large masses of populations that doesn’t automatically mean that somebody else wouldn’t harm large masses of populations. I will expand on the health impacts of these chemtrails later, but for now remember that you’re better off knowing about these things.

Stick your head in the sand at your own peril.

Why would governments want to lie to us?

There are many reasons, some of the most plausible of which mostly revolve around a de-population agenda and satisfying a cult’s thirst for ultimate control of the entire planet, its people, their thoughts, the people’s genes, the planet’s weather, etc., by means of a newly created world government employed by dark forces and obviously not accountable to the people, the 99%.

Speculating on the reasons behind this assault, Zen Gardner writes:

To reduce the population? Alter our genetic make up? Produce a morphed human race only capable of subservient tasks to please a master race immune or protected from these mutative influences on a deliberately morphed planet?

I know, pretty freaky. But all actually plausible. Definitely plausible…

I’ll come back to this explanation, but first let’s take a look at some basics that illustrate the true colors of these eco-fascists.


Green Slaughter

The UN recently burned and killed children in Uganda and slaughtered farmers in Honduras.

This was all done in the name of fighting global warming. They tell us what we are exhaling is killing polar bears while commercials are put out threatening the lives of children who disagree with the idea that humans have caused global warming (with music donated by Radiohead, might I add, and the X-Files woman narrating).

This is a living joke. If the science behind the theory of man-made global warming was sound, there would be no reason for death-threats and sensationalism.

Slippery slope?

We Are So Sick Of This

As the months went by I started to notice bubbles in the rain.

There were bubbles in puddles that would form in the streets, in my backyard, on the fence, etc. Where the rain would accumulate at the bottom of the drainage pipe at my home, the bubbles would seem to get 10 cm high sometimes.


Admittedly, I don’t know if this is related to the spraying but I wouldn’t be surprised.

If I had more money I would have had this stuff tested. In Ottawa, I had called a local testing laboratory and they were very surprised to hear about this. I was more surprised that I was the first, it seemed, that brought this to their attention. I moved from Ottawa to Halifax and I witnessed the same thing here.

Gwen Scott, who I refer to later on as well, mentions (in a 2005 documentary) that mortality from respiratory diseases went from being the 8th most leading cause of death in the USA to being the 3rd in a span of 5 years.

What else do we know? Aluminum is in the mix and has bad effects on your health. It is associated with Alzheimer’s disease. Is this why now some people as young as 26 years old are getting Alzheimer’s disease?

Barium is also a hallmark of this spraying, and tests mentioned in the documentary, “What in The World are They Spraying On Us?”, reveal very high levels of,

  • barium

  • strontium

  • aluminum

Fungus that is sprayed on us also eats the nutrients our body needs to regenerate our immune system.

Often when I would run out to take pictures I would get instant diarrhea. Sometimes, it would hit me like a wave as soon as I opened the door to my backyard.

Nowadays I seem to have developed somewhat of an immunity to it, but when I was first documenting this the diarrhea would be so bad I would sometimes go to the washroom 6 times a day.

Another noteworthy symptom is that I find it harder to breathe these days.

Others I know are having more difficulty breathing these days as well. I don’t think this is imagined for me and it’s probably less likely to be an imagined effect for those who weren’t even aware the spraying was going on.

Barium’s devastating effects happen to include breathing difficulties, increased blood pressure, heart rhythm changes, stomach irritation, muscle weakness, alterations in nerve reflexes, damage to your brain, liver, kidney and heart.

Around this time I would notice that I would often get too hot, take my shirt off, and then I would be almost instantly too cold and would put it back on again. This happened repeatedly and it seemed as though my body was often confused about whether or not it was too hot or cold. As the winter set in this annoying symptom went away.

I had heard that the chemtrails are sprayed less in the winter. I don’t know if that’s true, but as the winter ended, those strange hot/cold symptoms re-appeared.

Many farmers are also noting the decline in their yields. A farmer I know said that last month was the first time she had ever had greenbeans growing in her own garden in October in her entire life. A woman in landscaping even told me she was seeing certain plants flowering in times of the year that they normally wouldn’t.

Something is definitely throwing the balance of nature off. The video below features many farmers talking about their experiences with this.

I’ve taken some photos of trees in Halifax which I thought looked weird.


I suspect they’re somehow affected by the aerosol operations too.

A few months after beginning to research this spraying, I experienced a 5.0 magnitude earthquake in Ottawa which was felt as far away as Boston.

I suspected it had been man-made because only a few hours later there was a tornado in southern Ontario.

When this technology is used, a common side effect is that it causes other weather anomalies in the area. Strange colored lights are also a telltale sign of the earthquake-weapon, and there were, in fact, strange lights like this seen in Toronto three days before the quake.

The quake itself was also 3 days before the G20 meeting.

There was also a loud high-pitched sound and strange lights in the sky in Victoria, B.C., Canada one day before the quake (and B.C. is right next to Alaska which hosts a couple H.A.A.R.P. facilities which can inflict earthquakes… more on that High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program later).

I took this earthquake as my cue to talk to my neighbors more and subsequently found out that they were having digestive problems, the source of which had remained a mystery for them. They had even been going to the doctor to get blood tests to try to figure it out. They had no idea that the chemtrails existed or might have contributed to their suffering.

They were very intrigued at the notion that the chemtrails might have been responsible.

It’s not a coincidence that genetically modified seeds are made to resist the aluminum they’re spraying our skies with. The social engineers seek to cut off all alternatives. They want us to buy all our food from them. They want to manage every aspect of our lives.

Accurately studying the harmful effects of these metals on us is made more troublesome by the fact that they can have synergistic effects. There are many things being sprayed and it’s hard to know how they all mix.

Sometimes I see a plane spraying a trail immediately behind another plane’s trail, almost like they’re trying to cook something up.

Healing Tips

Now that’s a lot of doom and gloom, and there’s more to come, but let’s pause for a moment to examine ways to heal yourself from the toxic effects of this cocktail.

Of course, do not take this advice if you are already on a pharmaceutical. Consult your doctor first if you are.

Anyway, Gwen Scott, N.D., seems to have a lot of knowledge on this subject and is featured in a fantastic documentary, Aerosol Crimes, which I highly recommend.

Some of what she says:

  • Essential fatty acids help to push aluminum out through your hair, believe it or not. Omega 3-6-9 oils are essential for brain function. Fatty acids also lower blood pressure. Apparently, good sources of essential fatty acids are flax seed oil, evening primrose oil, and krill oil.

  • Fluoride causes you to absorb more aluminum that you come into contact with and that aluminum can cross the blood-brain barrier, causing Alzheimer’s and short-term memory loss as mentioned earlier. Studies show a 5-15 point reduction in IQ associated with fluoridation. That might be one of the many reasons to stop drinking fluoride.

  • When aluminum ions and magnesium ions combine they clot the blood. A good blood thinner is ginger root (capsules) and ginko biloba, although do not take this if you are already taking a blood thinning medication/pharmaceutical.

  • For heavy metal removal you can use diatomaceous clay (make sure it is food grade). This all natural and binds itself to heavy metals to allow release through bowels.

  • Things that kill the fungus that is being sprayed on us: garlic, chinese mushrooms (particularly in extract form) like reishi, shiitake, and maitake. Caprylic acid and colloidal silver are also effective. Scott recommends colloidal silver nasal spray for sinus infections.

  • Barium is carcinogenic and knocks out all the potassium from your body, causing muscle weakness and heart palpitations (potassium supplements could be considered).

  • Gwen Scott wears a mask when she goes outside to block out the toxic soup we’re all walking in. She finds it dramatically reduces her symptoms.

I tried to confirm if barium was actually “carcinogenic”, as many trolls at online message boards were quick to refute that, and I came across this:

  • The Department of Health and Human Services

  • The International Agency for Research on Cancer

  • The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA),

…have not classified barium as to its human carcinogenicity.

Barium has not been classified because there are no studies in people and the two available animal studies were inadequate to determine whether or not barium causes cancer.

What I outlined here only scratches the surface.

Here is a very informative article that Gwen Scott wrote which expands on ways you can defend yourself from this crap.


This is not what I saw but it looks almost identical.

Possibly related – recently, on October 9th I witnessed something which I had been meaning to do more research on, but that I had not had a chance to look into yet.

I had heard that they were related to the chemtrails.

That was these “chemtrail web things”. I didn’t have my camera with me at the time, but what I saw was like a web, but much thicker than a spider’s web. It looked like glossy or shiny silly string with some parts that were slightly blueish. It looked almost melted like in this screenshot on the right, which I took from this person’s YouTube video.

As in that video, what I witnessed was also on the tip of the tree branch and also looked as though it could have been thrown on there. The person also said that this stuff would kill the trees it came into contact with and that insects would avoid it.

As I dug deeper I found something that shocked me. Many people were suffering from something called Morgellons.

Unfortunately, doctors would turn these people away, telling them they weren’t suffering anything and that they were delusional, more or less, and that this disease did not exist.

Two years ago Natural News reported,

The third theory is that Morgellons is an infection of nanotechnology. Several independent studies on Morgellons fibers taken from patients have shown that the fibers consist of both inorganic and unidentifiable materials.

One group of fibers was sent to a forensic scientist at the Tulsa Police Crime Lab in Oklahoma for analysis. After analyzing and cross-referencing the morgellons fiber with the FBI’s national database, it was found that it did not match any known fiber within the database.

Other studies claim that fibers can withstand temperatures of up to 1400 degrees Fahrenheit.

This “disease” is strange, to say the least. This is where the transhumanism comes in.

The President of the Morgellons Research Group, Kandy Griffin writes,

Morgellons is not a disease. It is a process. It is a form of forced/directed evolution of the human genome. It is the fetal stage of transhumanism, and it is upon us.

This stealth project is being carried out with the use of the daily chemtrail operations, which are happening globally. There is no escape. The chemtrail operations are terraforming the earth and everything on it, including you.

Many have died. While the CDC and Kaiser Permanente drag their heels with its so-called study, humans are perishing, suffering “unbelievable” symptoms and are left alone with nowhere to turn.

Countless patients have been improperly diagnosed with “Delusions of Parasitosis.”

Just before the “explosion” of Morgellons here in the United States, the CDC sent letters out to physicians across the country stating that they were seeing an increase of patients with DOP. Coincidence? I think not. They were covering their tracks, so to speak.

Last I knew, delusions do not cause oozing skin lesions, flying insects, worms, fungus, molds, plants, colored fibers and fiber bundles, polka-dotted, multi-colored plaques or crystals of different shapes/colors.

These are just a few of the symptoms associated with this mutation process, based on one’s genetic pre-disposition.

Depending on their size, these things can hurt when they come out and can feel like a small razor blade being pulled out of you.

The description for the next YouTube video mentions:

Is aerosol spraying only abou90experimenting with weather? What do the self-replicating fibres found in Morgellons patients signify? Why are engineered materials being found in airborne environmental samples?

All this suggests a planetary engineering program that is affecting and targeting all living things. Synthetic biology is science’s most exciting new frontier, combining genetics, robotics and nano-technology with artificial intelligence, hybridizing natural forms and engineering tissues beyond our wildest dreams.

The technology explosion is skyrocketing, and artificial intelligence will soon surpass our own capabilities. How will our world be organized then? Will we turn ourselves over to machines? Or will we have become technological hybrids ourselves?

I implore you to watch this in-depth presentation that goes into Morgellons in great detail.

If you watch nothing else here, watch the video below titled “The Dark Agenda of Synthetic Biology – From Chemtrails to Pseudo-Life”.

The woman presenting it, Sofia Smallstorm, is an expert on chemtrails, weather control and synthetic biology. The video even shows “crystals with embedded hexagons” and “strands that glitter”.

She calls attention to how some people have hair that glows and skin that strangely shimmers. As mentioned, there are also strange colored plaques coming out of peoples’ bodies. Some of them have fibers coming out of them. She mentions that one of the hexagons found once grew a fiber in 20 seconds while someone was looking at it under a microscope.

Particularly creepy, we apparently are all infected with this, but only some people show outward symptoms and are not able to fight it, typically due to genetic predisposition and a variety of other factors including the strength of one’s immune system.

Near the end of the presentation (at 0:53:20), Smallstorm says:

You have seen, today, the deposition and active presence of artificial materials in the sky, environment, and in living things. Nano-technology has arrived at our personal doorstep without our permission. It isn’t that this will happen in 2045 – it’s already here.

Human enhancement is being sold to us as leaping tall buildings in a single bound and having better thought, faster, higher intelligence, perfect health, but all of that is the sales pitch.

Enhancement may in fact be degradation – our being devolved to someone else’s specifications. While nano-biotechnology promises, in headlines, to make our world better, it may in fact be busy taking us over so it can tailor us to the plan for the hive.

Already transhumanists are looking forward to the creation of the ‘post-human’, an ‘improved’ human that will have no gender, will not reproduce, will be a better performer in the workplace, will not be distracted by love or lust, will be free of disease thanks to these nano-bots keeping it healthy, but all this is part of the fantasy.

In reality, thanks to stressers on our physiology, infertility is soaring, our sexuality is diversifying and the nuclear family is falling apart. Biotech is an exploding frontier. It is clever enough and small enough to enter and change our very cells.

New forms of DNA have been invented. There’s GNA, as I told you about, and PNA – a hybrid of protein and DNA – that will add to our double helix a third strand.

When nano-biotech has a firm footing in us, it will be easy to upgrade and downgrade anyone and anything in any way.

Oliver Curry an evolutionist at the London School of Economics predicted in 2007,

‘The human race will one day split into two separate species – an attractive intelligent ruling elite and an underclass of dimwitted, ugly, goblin-like creatures’…

Transhumans will presumably be involved in this process, the process of transformation, the process of renovation – remaking us into what someone considers “improved”.

We are transhumans now. “Improved” is only what fits certain specifications.

For instance, a specimen that can work 18 hours a day, a specimen that is sterile, that will never have the responsibility of caring for others, a specimen that is even tempered, with a narrow, predictable range of expression – all this is ‘enhanced’, ‘improved’.

Better performance is just that, the ability to produce a better result. It does not mean a specimen with greater skills. It may mean a specimen with narrower skills and the ability to repeat a task.

So while the current ethical debate is about whether or not we should upload computers into our brains and how human we will be when that happens there is something happening on the nano-scale right now. What it is, exactly, is unknown to us as attempts by lay-people to communicate with scientists about Morgellons-type materials are going nowhere.

There is a blackout on this subject. Its victims are dismissed as having a psychological problem that is called ‘delusional parasitosis’.

The presence of patented creations in our bodies gives rise to intellectual property issues.

We know what has been done to small farmers into whose fields the winds have brought genetically engineered strains. They are sued by the powerful agricultural companies who own the patents. Will the day come when we are subjected to the jurisdiction of corporations whose patented materials we are carrying in our bodies?

It doesn’t matter how it got there. The fault is your if it is simply in your possession.

This is a forced partnership between us and them. This is how we will be eternally owned by them. This is how they can push our biology from homo sapiens to homo evolutis without our having a say in it.

For now, engineered technology in all living things is a secret, but one day we may be charged with unlawful possession of something that has become a part of us that we cannot get rid of.

The nature of biology is to adapt. As more unnatural elements enter our bodies, if we cannot reject them, we will find ways to accommodate them…

We are living, walking laboratories for powerful science in a society of increasing control. We are being altered.

The future being spoken of is happening now.

Electromagnetic Waves and HAARP

There is a man discussed in a Voltaire Net article who may have been involved in the creation of Morgellons “or a rare, mutated form of Morgellons disease”. The article states that it is alleged that this Israeli scientist named Moshe has connections to the Mossad.

Interestingly enough, the article mentions that at one point he was being chased by the,

”LA police department and SWAT team, assisted by the FBI, Secret Service, CIA, U.S. Army and several unidentified federal officials.”

Moshe’s car was,

“reportedly knocked out by an electromagnetic pulse”.

What? Knocked out his car with an electromagnetic pulse?

Hopefully that didn’t cause the same kinds of problems that it recently did in Spain:

…the local police force used some high tech device from the police station that caused most all electronic items within 500 meters of the police station to be knocked out for about one hour.

The Police told the locals it was a safety wave.

This safety wave effect lasted for about one hour in the early morning times while the Helicopter flew in and about one hour later flew out. The effects were no mobile phones in that 500 meter radius of the police station would work.

No cars within that field effect could be made to start their engines. All other cars outside the region were not allowed to enter this safety wave region so it’s not known if they can knock out engines that were running at the time of the safety wave event.

All satellite TV and cable TV devices in the safety wave region were knocked out also. We are talking a region festooned with multi story apartment blocks with hundreds if not thousands of normal Spanish going about their normal lives unaware that there was some sort of test of a safety wave device about to be given to them.

There seems to have been other unconfirmed issues suggesting pace makers and other medical devices were effected both within the safety wave region and possibly further than the safety wave field.

There seemed to have been a local spike in death rates that day and for several days it was rumored that the local funeral homes had a spike in burials.

This would be a great time to start talking about the earthquake weapon.

You see, not only would there be planes leaving these heavy metals, salts, and strange fibers, etc., but I noticed that the clouds and/or “clouds” would exhibit a strange sand-like wavy effect like in this video.

It almost looks like a square in the sky.

I’ve since tried to document as much of this type of thing as possible on video.

This next video features a bunch of this shot in time-lapse mode but also included is one of the most intense electrical storms I’ve ever seen. There was no rainfall and almost no thunder during this storm.

Looking into this I found out the phenomenon is called scalar electromagnetic waves.

My research into chemtrails naturally led me to discover HAARP, a “research project” that the US military conducts involving concentrating energy into a beam used to heat the ionosphere.

Chemtrails can be used in conjunction with this as a way to bounce energy off of the ionosphere, using it as a mirror of sorts.

Prior to that, Dr. Brooks Agnew was using this technology on a smaller scale to search for oil and gas, a process called earth tomography. This technology would even be able to tell you the quality of the oil found.

I’ve since discovered that at present, many countries around the world have this technology. Its applications include weather-modification, mind-control, causing earthquakes, detecting oil or underground bunkers, over-the-horizon radar, projecting holograms, beaming sound into your head, giving you diarrhea, targeting specific organs, affecting your mood or giving you insomnia, etc.

All this was impressive and chilling, to say the least.

There is information out there which strongly suggests that HAARP or technologies like it are directly responsible for the malicious infliction of an earthquake on,

  • Haiti

  • China (lights 30 min prior to earthquake, 10 min prior)

  • New Zealand

  • Chile

  • Japan’s recent mega-disaster,

…as strange rainbow-ish tinges, almost like northern lights, are seen preceding those earthquakes and are generally associated with this negligent tampering. Hurricane Katrina is also a good candidate.

See the documentary on the subject, titled Holes In Heaven

The Dark Side

Unfortunately, the military applications of this technology seem wholeheartedly reckless or sinister or both.

The father of this technology, Nikola Tesla, warned that if you hit the earth with enough energy at a certain point, it will split in two. This shouldn’t be surprising, considering martial artists can kill by applying pressure at specific points on the human body, and also considering that the Earth is an organism.

We should be brave regarding the challenges that await us.

Yes, a solar flare might cause 200 Fukushima-style meltdowns if we are short-sighted and nothing is done to humor alternative and more sane ways of harvesting nuclear energy – ways which might not kiss the weapon industry’s behind – and yes, Morgellons is frightening… but at least we know about this and other threats.

It’s better than not knowing and at least the Internet is not dead yet.

Let’s get back to barium at this point.

This video below explains that barium also happens to be an ingredient used in Project Blue Beam, which is a government program that intends to project holographic images of deities descending down to major cities around the world, all of this coinciding with audio being beamed into the heads of the populations in a massive theatrical psy-op.

An alien invasion hoax scenario has also been considered. Recent sightings/footage of a “mirage” in China might indicate further experimentation in this field. Yes, you read that correctly – footage.

They actually took pictures and video of this “mirage” and it looks like a picture-perfect city floating on water, all highly detailed.

The Bright Side

Interestingly enough, I knew someone who monitored the weather and solar flares intensely.

One time he told me and my girlfriend,

“In three days there’s going to be a massive solar flare so watch out for your dreams to get vivid and crazy”, and sure enough, the dreams we both had were intensely vivid.

If the arrangements of planets in our solar system affects our minds, moods, and psychology, then why shouldn’t the arrangement of some other “physical” stuff, like a star spitting at us, do the same?

Some people like Dieter Broers even go so far as to say:

I am convinced that we are currently in the midst of a process involving the restructuring of our neuronal networks, and that the catalyst of this process is the high solar-geomagnetic activity whose consequences are feared by so many people today.

However, all facts and findings add up to the undeniable conclusion that this evolution will for the first time in human history enable us human beings to use the enormous potential of our brains.

He goes on to say:

The events the cosmos has in store for us in 2012 can be compared to the effect of being handed a glass of juice into which someone has slipped some LSD without our knowledge.

Such unanticipated altered states of consciousness have certainly occurred at other junctures in human history.

For example, sudden outbreaks of hysteria provoked by hallucinations occurred regularly during the Middle Ages. Those affected were unaware that the bread they were eating contained ergot, whose active ingredient Albert Hofmann used to make LSD many years later.

Inasmuch as the hallucinogenic effects of bread containing ergot were unknown at the time, those affected could only conclude that their altered mental state was a serious illness.

I can only speculate as to whether or not the aerosol campaigns and diminishing sunlight represent, at least in part, an effort to suppress this incoming flood of consciousness expanding space-stuff.

Far from simply waiting for the sun to give us a nice trip and insights, Broers uses this understanding for good:

…so-called hopeless patients have been successfully treated using the effects of solar-geomagnetic fields on the mind, perception and consciousness. This megawave therapy, as it is called, consists in the administration of electromagnetic fields that are identical to those found in nature.

This therapy has achieved exceptionally high cure rates by virtue of the fact that for the first time the patients understand the cause of their disorder. Hence this therapy is closely bound up with a catalyzed process of consciousness, and does not at all involve a crude mechanistic procedure.

Dieter Broers is definitely not oblivious to the harmful effects of this technology when used in a bad way.

Nor is Nick Begich – the expert who has brought so many of the crucial points of caution to light – going to resist mentioning that HAARP could have the ability to cause chemical reactions in the atmosphere and thus replenish ozone, if indeed that is a problem up there:

An application developed by Dr. Bernard Eastlund, the inventor of the original HAARP technology, is the combination HAARP technology with a fusion torch, which can be used for burning low-level radioactive waste and neutralizing that waste while producing energy from it. That’s an interesting environmental technology.

He thought about the HAARP technology being used for replenishing ozone in the upper atmosphere and for decreasing pollutants by accessing the resident frequencies that would generate and create chemical reactions in the upper atmosphere.

Getting rid of air pollution by using this kind of system is an incredible application!

Finally, Daniel Pinchbeck’s book, 2012 – The Return Of Quetzalcoatl (2006, p.103) touches upon an interesting perspective with respect to all this.

Writing about Terrence McKenna, Pinchbeck notes,

He supported ‘the siren song of Pythagoras’ that the mind is more powerful than any imaginable particle accelerator, more sensitive than any radio receiver or the largest optical telescope, more complete in its grasp of information than any computer: that the human body – its organs, its voice, its power of locomotion, and its imagination – is a more-than-sufficient means for the exploration of any place, time, or energy level in the universe.’

I must admit that I tend to agree with Terrence on this one…



Little study of Morgellons condition:


Carnicom Institute is embarking on a first of its kind study of the Morgellons condition. Through the systematic collection of physiological data, this study aims to identify measurable characteristics of this illness. Carnicom Institute is currently seeking individuals who are willing to participate in this study. Those participating in the study will be the source of the data that is needed for our research.

If you would like to participate in this groundbreaking project, please make contact with the Carnicom Institute at info@carnicominstitute.org.

The research involves the systematic collection of physiological data from individuals in three groups. The first group of individuals will demonstrate external visual characteristics thought to be representative of the Morgellons condition.  The second group will be a control group of essentially random individuals in self-described good health. Common physiological measurements from both groups will be analyzed to identify if significant differences exist between the two groups.  A third group of individuals will then be studied. These individuals will show or claim physiological signs associated with the Morgellons condition, without the presence of the external skin manifestations.  Results from the third group will then be analyzed for any commonality or differences.  All candidates for the project will be requested to provide physiological information, which includes laboratory tests results, temperature/pH logs, a health questionnaire, and documentation of an oral filament test (red wine test).

Group I will demonstrate visible skin manifestations thought to be representative of the Morgellons condition. These criteria include the presence of unique filaments within or on the body, a presence of skin lesions that resist healing, and the production of an oral filament sample (red wine test). Individuals that participate in Group I will be required to provide sufficient and ample photographic documentation that meets the criteria listed above.  Laboratory costs for Group I will be paid for in total by donations to the Institute.

Representative Skin Lesions of the Morgellons Condition

Source: www.carnicominstitute.org

Representative Skin Filaments of the Morgellons Condition

Source: www.carnicominstitute.org

Representative Oral Filament Samples
(Results of Red Wine Test)

Group II is a group of essentially healthy individuals selected at random that will serve as a control group.  It is vitally important that the Carnicom Institute is able to enlist the assistance of a satisfactory number of healthy individuals without evidence of the Morgellon’s Condition.  It is apparent that patients with the Morgellon’s Condition are critically dependent upon obtaining the help of their fellow human beings. This is particularly true if they are to benefit from an evaluation of the scientific data obtained from this research project which will not be available unless an appropriate control group can be designated and evaluated. Eligible individuals will be persons of good will who are willing to help in the completion of this important study in the hopes of benefitting their fellow human beings. Laboratory costs for Group II will be paid for in total by donations to the Institute. If you believe that you are a candidate for this group please contact us promptly and express this interest to the Institute.

Group III will show representative physiological characteristics thought to be associated with the Morgellons condition, without the presence of skin lesions and/filaments.  Participants in Group III will be responsible for the costs of the laboratory testing, pending future donations to the Institute.

All participants will be evaluated, in part, with respect to the following list of physiological. signs; the list is not intended to be all-inclusive.

Significant oral filament production (red wine test)

Unusual or extreme dental issues

Chronic itching, stinging, crawling, or biting sensations of the skin

Dark particles emerging from skin or scalp

Hair alterations, i.e., texture, thickness, loss of hair

Neurological impairment, i.e., blurred vision or “floaters” in the eye, slurred speech, ringing of the ears (tinnitus), loss of coordination, loss of strength

Cognitive impairment, i.e., mental confusion, inability to concentrate, short term memory loss, “brain fog”

Extended or Chronic Fatigue

Joint pain

Gastro-intestinal imbalance

Specific blood abnormalities

At this time, individuals within Group III will be responsible for the costs of their own laboratory testing.  Funding for this group could eventually be provided, pending the status of donations to Carnicom Institute.

Laboratory test results for all individuals, within all groups, will be confidentially available to the participants. This study will be conducted in an anonymous and confidential manner for research purposes only. There will be no medical diagnosis or individual interpretation given. The study is for scientific purposes only and the knowledge obtained will be for the public benefit. One end result will be a statistical, observational, and functional health assessment based upon these sample groups.

This study will not be possible without the public’s participation and support. We believe that a greater understanding of the Morgellons condition is vital, and must be accomplished for the benefit of us all. Honest and legitimate scientific research is what we are offering to you. We hope that you will offer us your help.

Disclaimer: The Carnicom Institute is an educational and research organization. We serve the public welfare. We do not advocate any particular products, protocols, or therapies related to health or environmental safeguard. It is up to the audience to make an educated decision on how to use the information that is presented. Any presentation, opinion, or expression by any representative of the Carnicom Institute or outside affiliation in no way implies or denotes endorsement by the Institute. The Institute is not affiliated with any political or religious groups.

The Institute claims the exclusive right to publish all information, materials, and photographs that are submitted to this organization and these materials will not be returned.

If you would like to participate in this groundbreaking project, please make contact with the Carnicom Institute at info@carnicominstitute.org.


CDC Calls Morgellons’ Nanoworms a Delusion – Protects DARPA

Some info about Morgellons:

Imagine having the mental prowess to be able to create living filaments heretofore unknown, that can reproduce themselves, some of which come with identifying letters embossed on them, and then to make them extrude from beneath your skin, all against your conscious will.

Sound like science fiction? It’s not, says the US Centers for Disease Control (CDC).

Despite having spent four years and $600,000, and using the world’s largest forensic database, the premier health agency reports it is unable to identify the source of the fibers emanating from those suffering with Morgellons. [1]

The CDC suggests that four out of a hundred thousand people – the rate of infection in Northern California – are imagining these filaments into existence.

Comprising an array of physical and mental symptoms [2], Morgellons is distinguished by novel fibers that protrude from the skin, causing lesions and sores that do not heal, or that heal very slowly.

“We conducted an investigation of this unexplained dermopathy to characterize the clinical and epidemiologic features and explore potential etiologies,” the paper explains.

The only potential etiology suggested was that the patients were delusional:

No common underlying medical condition or infectious source was identified, similar to more commonly recognized conditions such as delusional infestation.

The CDC provided more information in its press releases [3] hyping the study than it did in the 300-word study published last week.

Its Unexplained Dermopathy webpage goes beyond what was reported in the actual study, saying there is “no evidence of an environmental link,” and promised to do no further studies. [4]

“People who suffer from Morgellons disease are NOT delusional no matter what the CDC or the mainstream press would have you believe,” says Jan Smith of MorgellonsExposed.com.

She’s suffered with Morgellons for over 13 years.

The image above is on her home page.

“Ponder why a person with Morgellons disease would have tissue coming out of their body with embossed letters on it. This photo (above) is real and the sample has not been altered in any way. It is available for research and DNA testing.” [5]

The CDC study reported,

“Most materials collected from participants’ skin were composed of cellulose, likely of cotton origin.”

One of the specimens extruded from Smith’s body was found to be composed of cellulose and GNA, the synthetic form of DNA. [6] Glycol nucleic acid does not occur naturally; it is used to create synthetic life forms. [7]

But why would the CDC not know exactly the origin of the cellulose, instead saying it’s likely from cotton? And what about the rest that was not cellulose? The study provided no details.

The CDC sent the cellulose and unnatural fibers to the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology (AFIP), reports the Associated Press. [8] AFIP has been collecting fiber samples and other forensic material for 150 years. [9] Its 2011 budget was $65 million. [10]

Surely, if these novel fibers are natural or lab-created, the AFIP would know. Apparently not.

AFIP is the same group that collected all the forensic evidence of the 9/11 attack on the Pentagon and at the Pennsylvania crash site, under code name Operation Noble Eagle. [11]

The Center for the Investigation of Morgellons Disease, headed by Dr. Randy Wymore, was also unable to identify the fibers.

The Oklahoma State University research center had the forensics team of the Tulsa Police Dept. compare samples to its database of 800 fibers and 90,000 organic compounds, without success, reports Natural News writer Barbara Minton. [12]

Though Wymore did not respond to my request for comment in reaction to the new CDC study, the Center’s home page still maintains that Morgellons,

“is frequently misdiagnosed as Delusional Parasitosis or an Obsessive Picking Disorder.” [2]

What is the CDC hiding about Morgellons?

What the CDC didn’t say in the public report is that those fibers are alive and motile.

They grow and reproduce, and have been shown to do so in a petri dish using certain visible light frequencies. If delusions are creating them, that would be a first in human evolution.

Research conducted by Cliff Carnicom indicates that the still-unidentified fibers seen in Morgellons patients are the same as those collected after an aerial spray of chemtrails. [13]

After being cultured for five days, the fibers produced a sheen across the wine medium, right before explosively reproducing hundreds of new fibers in a 24-hour period. [14]

He later explored how these nano-worms feed on the iron in human blood, explaining that,

“changes in iron and the utilization of iron in a pathogenic sense are at the heart of the Morgellons issue.” [15]

An arduous course of research led Carnicom to conclude that the nanoworms present in Morgellons patients represent an entirely new life form, and one that was engineered using features from each of the three Domains of life:

  • Bacteria

  • Archaea

  • Eukarya [16]

To bolster his argument, he refers to a Feb. 2010 disclosure by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA),

“to develop immortal ‘synthetic organisms’, as outlined in the unclassified version of the 2011 budget,” citing Wired.com:

As part of its budget for the next year, DARPA is investing $6 million into a project called BioDesign, with the goal of eliminating ‘the randomness of natural evolutionary advancement.’

“… The project comes as DARPA also plans to throw $20 million into a new synthetic biology program, and $7.5 million into ‘increasing by several decades the speed with which we sequence, analyze and functionally edit cellular genomes.” [17]

If these unidentified fibers are some sort of top-secret nanotech military weapon, that would explain why no answer and no help will come from the CDC or the military.

Using Carnicom’s research, and others, documentarian Sofia Smallstorm (9/11 Mysteries) raised a singularly spectacular question at a speech last year:

Is it possible that Morgellons sufferers are those whose bodies are genetically rejecting these nano-engineered life forms, while our bodies are integrating them? [6]

That question must be noodling the brains over at the CDC and DARPA.

They must be wondering what is different about those 4 in 100,000 people whose bodies reject these synthetic life forms. The report they didn’t reveal to the public is the one I want to read.

We do know that back in 2006, the National Institutes of Health listed Morgellons as a genetically caused disease, due to the presence of three copies of a chromosome rather than the normal two (known as trisomy).

This was found at the 5S rRNA genes located on chromosome 1, in the q42.11 to q42.12 region, according to the following screen capture by Jan Smith, who explains that a year later NIH deleted the webpage (click below image): [18]

Trisomy can result in mental retardation and physical deformities. [19]

  • Are these bioengineered life forms causing rRNA to produce a third copy of chromosome 1 at q42.11 to q42.12?

  • Or, do Morgellons sufferers already have a third copy, and its presence is somehow forcing the nano-worms to leave the body?

Several people agree with Carnicom that these living fibers are being sprayed on us via the vociferously denied chemtrail program.

Morgellons patient Kandy Griffin, president of Morgellons Research Group, puts it right out there:

Morgellons is not a disease. It is a process. It is a form of forced/directed evolution of the human genome. It is the fetal stage of transhumanism, and it is upon us.

This stealth project is being carried out with the use of the daily chemtrail operations, which are happening globally. There is no escape. The chemtrail operations are terraforming the earth and everything on it, including you. [20]

There is hope.

In the last section of Carnicom’s Thesis, he suggests several mitigation strategies that would apply equally to those who develop Morgellons and those who don’t, but who are likely assimilating rather than rejecting these bioengineered life forms. [15]


[1] Pearson ML, Selby JV, Katz KA, Cantrell V, Braden CR, et al. (2012) “Clinical, Epidemiologic, Histopathologic and Molecular Features of an Unexplained Dermopathy.” PLoS ONE 7(1): e29908. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0029908. Available at http://www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0029908
[2] Oklahoma State University Center for the Investigation of Morgellons Disease homepage http://www.healthsciences.okstate.edu/morgellons/index.cfm
See also: Randy S. Wymore and Rhonda Casey, “Morgellons Disease” (Joint Statement to the medical community), Oklahoma State University Center for Health Sciences, Tulsa, 15 May 2006. http://www.healthsciences.okstate.edu/morgellons/Joint%20Statement_4.pdf
Wymore, “A position statement from Randy S. Wymore on the topic of Morgellons Disease and other Morgellons-related issues,” 19 June 2007. http://www.healthsciences.okstate.edu/morgellons/docs/Wymore-position-statement-2-19-07.pdf
[3] Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, “CDC to launch study on unexplained illness,” 16 Jan. 2008. http://www.cdc.gov/media/pressrel/2008/r080116.htm
See also: Managing Infection Control, “Infection Focus: Morgellons; CDC to launch study on unexplained illness,” March 2008. Reproduced at http://healthvie.com/wp-admin/Articles/mic0308w52.pdf
[4] Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, “CDC Study of an Unexplained Dermopathy,” 25 Jan. 2012. http://www.cdc.gov/unexplaineddermopathy/
[5] Jan Smith, Morgellons Exposed, n.d. http://www.morgellonsexposed.com/
[6] Sofia Smallstorm, “From Chemtrails to Pseudo-Life: The Dark Agenda of Synthetic Biology,” speech at Conspiracy Con 2011, 4 June 2011, Santa Clara, California.
[7] Science 2.0, “GNA: DNA’s Chemical Cousin Is a Nanotechnology Building Block,” 28 April 2008. http://www.science20.com/news_releases/gna_dnas_chemical_cousin_is_a_nanotechnology_building_block
[8] Mike Stobbe, “Study of freakish mystery illness finds no cause,” Associated Press, 26 Jan. 2012. http://news.yahoo.com/study-freakish-mystery-illness-finds-no-cause-220159892.html
[9] U.S. National Library of Medicine, “Historic Medical Sites: Armed Forces Institute of Pathology,” 2 March 2004 (rev. 3 Aug. 2011), National Institutes of Health. http://www.nlm.nih.gov/hmd/medtour/afip.html
[10] Comptroller, Office of the Under Secretary of Defense, “Defense Health Program Operation and Maintenance Fiscal Year (FY) 2011 Budget Estimated Consolidated Health Support.” Vol I, Sec 5-C, OP-5, CHS, 11PB, DHP, Exhibit OP-5. p.3. Available at http://comptroller.defense.gov/defbudget/fy2011/budget_justification/pdfs/09_Defense_Health_Program/VOL_1/Vol_I_Sec_5-C_OP-5_CHS_11PB_DHP.pdf
[11] Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, The AFIP Letter, Vol. 159, No. 5, Oct. 2001. Reproduced at http://www.american-buddha.com/operationnobleeagleAFIP.pdf
[12] Barbara L. Minton, “Morgellons: Terrifying New Disease Reaching Pandemic Status,” Natural News, 3 Mar 2009. http://www.naturalnews.com/025757.html#ixzz1NacD5b3d
[13] Clifford E Carnicom, “The Biggest Crime of All Time, Confirmed: Environmental Filament Matched to Morgellons Condition,” 1 March 2011. http://www.carnicom.com/bio2011-2.htm
[14] Carnicom, “A New Form: Frequency Induced Disease?” 8 March 2011. http://www.carnicom.com/bio2011-3.htm
[15] Carnicom, “Morgellons – A Thesis,” 15 Oct. 2011 (rev. 1 Dec. 2011)
[16] Carnicom, “Morgellons: A New Classification,” 3 Feb. 2010 (rev. 11 Feb. 2010) http://www.carnicominstitute.org/articles/morgobs8.htm
[17] Katie Drummond, “Pentagon Looks to Breed Immortal ‘Synthetic Organisms,’ Molecular Kill-Switch Included,” 5 Feb. 2010.
[18] Jan Smith, “The Hidden NIH Webpage: NIH Website Lists Chromosome 1q42 Responsible for Morgellons Disease,” 18 Jan. 2008. See also: Sorensen PD, Lomholt B, Frederiksen S, Tommerup N, “Fine mapping of human 5S rRNA genes to chromosome 1q42.11–q42.13,” (1991). Cytogenet. Cell Genet. (1991); 1(57): 26-9. Abstract available at http://www.gene-profiles.org/pub/fine-mapping-of-human-5s-rrna-genes-to-chromosome-1q4211—-q4213
[19] March of Dimes, Chromosomal abnormalities, Dec. 2009. http://www.marchofdimes.com/baby/birthdefects_chromosomal.html
[20] Kandy Griffin, “Morgellons is not a disease,” 7 Aug. 2011. Many videos and other sources at: Amir Alwani, “If Chemtrails And HAARP Didn’t Disturb You Enough, Wait Until You Hear About Morgellons,” 21 Nov. 2011.

Read more of Carnicom’s papers.


Eight Ugly Sins of The Catholic Church

Some facts about Catholic Church:

Did the Catholic Bishops wince last week when their leader, anti-contraception Cardinal Timothy Dolan, was exposed for paying pedophiles to disappear?

One can only hope. After all, these are men who claim to speak for God.

They have direct access to the White House, where they regularly weigh in on issues ranging from military policy to bioethics, and they expect us all to listen – not because of relevant expertise or elected standing, but because of their moral authority.


If pedophile payouts weren’t enough to convince you that this “moral” authority is often anything but moral, take a look at some of their other sins against compassion and basic decency.

1. Excommunicating doctors and nuns for saving lives

In 2009, a 27-year-old mom, pregnant with her fifth child, was rushed to a Phoenix hospital, St. Josephs, where her doctors said she would almost certainly die unless her pregnancy was aborted immediately.

The nun in charge approved the emergency procedure, and the woman survived.

The local bishop promptly excommunicated the nun.

“There are some situations where the mother may in fact die along with her child. But – and this is the Catholic perspective – you can’t do evil to bring about good. The end does not justify the means,” said Rev. John Ehrich, the medical ethics director for the Diocese of Phoenix.

How far are the Church authorities willing to take this “moral” logic?

In Brazil last year, with Vatican backing, the Church excommunicated a mother and doctor for saving the life of a 9-year-old rape victim who was pregnant with twins. (At four months pregnant, the girl weighed 80 pounds.)

Cardinal Giovanni Batista Re, who heads the Pontifical Commission for Latin America, said,

“life must always be protected.”

Perhaps Mr. Batista Re can explain the Vatican’s 1,500-year tradition of “just war

2. Protecting even non-Catholic sex-offenders against child victims

As we have seen, the moral priorities of the bishops are laid naked when they decide who to excommunicate and who not.

The doctor and the mother of the pregnant 9-year-old got the boot for approving an abortion, but not the stepfather who had sexually assaulted the child, probably over a period of years. A similar contrast can be seen between the case of the Phoenix nun and hundreds of pedophile priests who were allowed to remain Catholic even after they finally were identified and removed from the Church payrolls.

It gets worse.

In New York, a bill that would give child molestation victims more time to file charges has been blocked seven times by the Catholic hierarchy led by none other than Cardinal Dolan.


“We feel this is terribly unjust, we feel it singles out the church, and it would be devastating for the life of the church.”

In other words, regardless of whether the abuse really happened or what the consequences were for victims, what matters is how much additional lawsuits might cost the Church.

Isn’t that the ends justifying the means?


3. Using churches to organize gay haters

When the Washington State legislature approved marriage equality this spring, fundamentalist Christians across the state organized to reverse the legislation.

Even though three quarters of American Catholics think that gay marriage or civil unions should be legal, Archbishop Peter Sartain jumped to the front of the pack, decreeing that Western Washington parishes under his “moral authority” should gather signatures for an anti-equality initiative.

To their credit, a number of priests refused, and a group called Catholics for Marriage Equality is raising money for ads.

In contrast to the Catholic League, which has made the degrading argument that sex between priests and adolescent boys is consensual homosexuality, lay Catholics appear to know the difference.


4. Lying about contraceptives to poor Africans

Of all the mortal sins committed by the men of the cloth, the most devastatingly lethal in the last 30 years has been the Catholic hierarchy’s outspoken opposition to condom use in Africa.

In 2003, the president of the Vatican’s Pontifical Council for the Family publicly lied about the efficacy of condoms in preventing both pregnancy and HIV:

“The AIDS virus is roughly 450 times smaller than the spermatozoon. The spermatozoon can easily pass through the ‘net’ that is formed by the condom.”

The archbishop of Nairobi told people that condoms were spreading HIV.

Some priests told parishioners that condoms were impregnated with the virus.

The motivation for such flagrant falsehoods? The Church has practiced competitive pro-natalism for centuries, but lately anti-contraceptive edicts have been ignored by most educated European and American Catholics, and Italy has the second lowest birthrate in the Western World, at 1.3 per woman.

The bishops see this as a “catastrophe” and are looking to Africa as,

a reservoir of life for the Church.”

They wrap their opposition to contraception in lofty moral language such as that offered by Pope John Paul II:

It seems profoundly damaging to the dignity of the human being, and for this reason morally illicit, to support a prevention of AIDS that is based on a recourse to means and remedies that violate an authentically human sense of sexuality.

As late as 2009, John Paul’s successor, Benedict, continued to tell poor African Catholics that condoms were “wrong” and even suggested that they were making the epidemic worse.

With god-knows-how-many lives lost and children orphaned, he finally softened his stance in 2010.


5. Obstructing patient access to accurate information and services in secular hospitals

In rural Arizona near the Mexican border, women delivering babies by cesarean section were refused tubal ligations because their independent hospital was negotiating a merger with a healthcare network run by Catholics.

Worse, when a woman arrived at the same hospital in the middle of a miscarriage and need a surgical abortion to complete the process, she was forced to travel by ambulance to Tucson, 80 miles away, risking hemorrhage on the way.

All over the U.S. secular and Catholic-run health systems are merging, and patients are quietly losing the right to make medical decisions based on the best scientific information available and the dictates of their own conscience.

Even when the Catholic-owned hospital is a small part of the merger, administrators insist that Catholic directives apply to the system as a whole. These directives prohibit not only abortions but also contraceptives, vasectomies and tubal ligations, some kinds of fertility treatment, and compliance with end-of-life patient directives.

Ectopic pregnancies cannot be handled in keeping with the medical standard of care. As biotechnologies and treatments relevant to the beginning and end of life advance, we can expect the list to grow longer.

Patients cannot trust that they will be told other options are available elsewhere.

One of the bitter ironies here is that even wholly “Catholic” hospitals and charities are staffed primarily by non-Catholics and largely provide services to people of other faiths or of none, paid for with tax dollars. In healthcare much of the money flows from Medicare and Medicaid.

In 2010, non-medical affiliates of Catholic Charities received 62 percent of annual revenue from the taxpayers – nearly $2.9 billion. Only 3 percent came from church donations, with the remainder coming from investments, program fees, community donations and in-kind contributions.

And yet all of those dollars get directed according to the dictates of bishop conscience rather than individual conscience.


6. Slapping down nuns

Catholic charities and hospitals are at some competitive advantage in part because of hard-working nuns, many of whom have skills and responsibilities that exceed their compensation.

The bishops are the Catholic Church’s 1 percent; the nuns are managers and service workers – and many have taken the kind of poverty vows that America’s 1 percent is trying to impose on the rest.

Because many nuns live in the real world, where suffering and morality are complex, they often make care-based decisions and take nuanced positions on moral questions that the Council of Bishops resolves by appealing to dogma and authority.

In April, the Vatican decided to remind the nuns who’s on top.

Rome issued an 8-page assessment accusing the Leadership Conference of Women Religious of disagreeing with the bishops and of “radical feminism.” It appears that their labors on behalf of poor, vulnerable people had distracted them from a more Christian priority: controlling other people’s sex lives – oh, and standing up against the ordination of women.

The Archbishop assigned by the Vatican to rein in unruly American nuns is none other than Peter Sartain of Seattle, the same moral authority who has declared a holy crusade against gay marriage.


7. Bullying girl scouts

Unlike the Boy Scouts, who recently earned media and public attention by booting out a gay den-mother, the Girl Scouts have been stubbornly inclusive and focused on preparing girls for leadership.

For example, last year a Colorado troop included a trans-gender 7-year-old. That’s a problem for the Bishops, and since up to a quarter of American Girl Scouts are Catholic kids with troops housed in churches, they see it as their problem.

To make matters worse, the American Girl Scouts refused to leave their international umbrella, the World Association of Girl Guides and Girl Scouts, which has stated that young women,

“need an environment where they can freely and openly discuss issues of sex and sexuality.”

The World Association would appear to believe the data that girls who can’t manage their sexuality and fertility are more likely to end up in poverty than leadership positions.

Then again, maybe that’s what the church hierarchy is after.

According to an article last month at the Huffington Post,

“The new inquiry will be conducted by the bishops’ Committee on Laity, Marriage, Family Life and Youth. It will look into the Scouts’ ‘possible problematic relationships with other organizations’ and various ‘problematic’ program materials, according to a letter sent by the committee chairman, Bishop Kevin Rhoades of Fort Wayne, Ind., to his fellow bishops.”

We’re talking about an organization run by women for girls facing an all-male inquisition.

In today’s Catholic church, leadership still requires a ‘y’ chromosome.


8. Purging popular and scholarly interfaith bridge builders

Lest some reader assert that the sins of the Bishops are all a consequence of sexual repression – some contorted pursuit of sexual purity that degrades both sex and compassion – it is important to note that the current cohort of Church authorities are as obsessed with doctrinal purity as sexual purity.

It would take me many paragraphs to describe their tireless pursuit of purity as well as retired Anglican bishop, John Shelby Spong, does in one:

Hans Kung, probably the best read theologian of the 20th century, was removed from his position as a Catholic theologian at Tubingen because his mind could not be twisted into the medieval concepts required by his church.

This action was carried out by Cardinal Joseph Ratzinger, who at that time under Pope John Paul II held the office that in another time gave us the Inquisition.

Matthew Fox, one of the most popular retreat and meditation leaders and an environmental activist, was then silenced by the same Cardinal Ratzinger. Professor Charles Curran, one of America’s best known ethicists, was removed from his tenured professorship at Catholic University in Washington, D.C., also by the same Cardinal Ratzinger.

Father Leonardo Boff, the best known Latin American liberation theologian, was forced to renounce his ordination in order to continue his work for justice among the poor of Latin America by the same Cardinal Ratzinger.

Next we learn that the Vatican, now headed by Cardinal Ratzinger under his new name Pope Benedict XVI, has ordered the removal of a book from all Catholic schools and universities written by a popular female theologian at Fordham University, Sister Elizabeth A. Johnson.

Now the nuns are to be investigated. Conformity trumps truth in every direction.

The Catholic tradition defines deadly or “cardinal” sins as those from which all other sins derive.

In addition to lust, gluttony, wrath, sloth and envy, the traditional seven include pride and greed, which, to my mind, drive much of the appalling behavior in this list. If an attempt to assert autocratic control over the spiritual and physical lives of lay people isn’t pride, I don’t know what is. And if a willingness to silence child victims to protect church assets isn’t greed, I don’t know what greed is.

The BBC’s revelation last month of money laundering in the Vatican Bank pales by comparison.

To me, ultimately, the sins of the Catholic bishops are “deadly sins” because they kill people, whether pregnant mothers or depressed gay teens or African families, or simply desperate people who are forced into greater desperation by “moral” priorities that distract from real questions of wellbeing and harm.

What the Bishops will have to account for when they meet their maker, none of us can say. For some American Catholics, the process of holding them to account has already started. The Women Religious have pushed back against the condescending “assessment” issued by the Vatican.

Small groups of lay Catholics have rallied to their support.

Picketers meet monthly outside Sartain’s cathedral to protest his stance against equality. The Franciscan brothers issued a statement of solidarity with the nuns, many of whom have remained solidly focused on economic justice instead of sexual transgressions.

Given the arrogant cruelty of Church leaders, criticism to date has been remarkably tempered. As the Bishops flash their moral authority in the White House and media and pulpit, clothed in white robes and draped in crimson, they should be glad they aren’t eyeball to eyeball with Jesus himself.

As the writer of Matthew tells it, he called out the corrupt religious leaders of his day in no uncertain terms:

Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You are like whitewashed tombs, which look beautiful on the outside but on the inside are full of dead men’s bones and everything unclean.


The Egyptian Gods, the Lucifers and Messiahs, and the Future

Vacation posts continue. Here’s something about Egyptian Gods etc.

The Egyptians were fully clued in at one point.

There is a real, and frightening reason so many extremely important people are going to ‘worship’ at the pyramid of Giza in Cairo this December 31, 1999. Will the pyramid be pointing to Sirius at a certain moment? Will the Sirius vortex of the God or Gods or the Goddess cause some event to occur, even if only psychic, while sweaty Zahi Hawass flips switches for the crowds? Sirius is called the vortex of God or Gods and/or the Goddess.

This is where, for all intents and purposes, divine beings outside of “physical density” and it’s relative regions, originally come from.

The originating Giza Pyramid builders designed-in a record of this and the predictions of eventual comings of messiahs through history. Sirius is where, for all intents and purposes, divine beings outside of “physical density” and it’s relative regions, originally came from. Near Sirius is a doorway to what we would call heaven.

The doorway was scientifically proven when a pyramid array on a secret satellite detection experiment, revealed a geometric alignment where pyramid energies naturally amplify a stream of energy coming ONLY from near Sirius into our universe. The pyramid effected an interdimensional transceiver function where the subspace tunneling from the Sirius vortex domain occurred, in terms of measurable temporal field modulation.

The reason razor blades don’t rust in pyramids is not pop culture fad belief, but the result of temporal field deceleration naturally occurring in the pyramid. This is actually measurable with a tuned crystal resonator detection and reference system. Above the pyramid the time field was found to be minutely accelerated, inside the pyramid it is decelerated. When the pyramid shaft of Cheops at Giza points to Sirius, and is also aligned geomagnetically on the Earth (Cheops), momentous things are predicted to occur or least be signified.

At at certain times of day and year, there are peak conditions in the pyramid to (among other things):

  1. Communicate with the Gods from inside the Pyramid, i.e. the King’s and Queen’s Chamber – using emotion, vision and symbols.

  2. Receive energies of rejuvenation and spiritual balance from the Sirius vortex – using emotion, vision, and symbols.

  3. Out-of-body experience travel to other planes of existence and initiation and learning, using emotion, vision and symbols.

The originating Giza Pyramid designed-in a record of this and the predictions of eventual comings of messiahs through history. The old dormant code activation keys were broadcast from the cortex and received by everyone on Earth five years ago. The changes are already beginning.

Echelon knows evolution is in for a bumpy ride, and ET knows evolution is in for a bumpy ride, and the rest of us are told nothing. Yet it is we who are at stake. This is why ET and God’s ET agents, and other heavenly influences, are all so active right now, all trying to even up the need-to-know problem through covert mass contact. It is a covert assistance program, not a covert invasion. It is designed to allow us to evolve much faster than our institutions would prefer us sheep wake-up.

There are bad ET’s and there are good ET’s and a lot in between, too. The saving grace in all this is the higherdimensional Sirian soul energies of beyond our physical universe invested powerful dormant DNA encoding and high soul substance into Neanderthal humanity 90,000 years ago. The shaft in the pyramid points to Sirius.

It has been confirmed ET parties were associated closely with the existence of certain Earthly historical early messiahs and holy persons. Our religions were partly created by ET. We were truly, in every scientific physical sense of the words as well, aided by heavenly apparatus and intelligence. But this is no ordinary apparatus. We are talking about the scientific verification of the existence of God.

But this could be God as ET themselves parading as God or God’s agents, by being able to prove their historical Messianic associations, and the fact our genetics came from their divine test tube.

However this still leaves plenty of room left for deception, since there are so many damned ET factions still vying for position today. Not the least of which is our own highest Echelon response to the problem – the appropriation of the right of apotheosis away from the custodians – no matter how benevolent they are.

This is a dangerous path. It is an outwardly directed path in worship of ‘power-over’, technology of control, exclusive rights to resources, and worship of the science of separating the observer from experience. This is a climate of alien threat response management by secession from the ET agents as angels of God.

Here is the crux of the problem: The right Messianic ET’s were already rejected by our idiot world secret government. Why? Our government would not play because the true heavenly God Messianic ET agents would not broker soul rights by acceding to secret institutional control speaking for all humanity.

The worst of it is the human-perceived direct attack by the good ET’s on the human institutions of organized religion as being embodiments of the worst kind of corruption.

We wouldn’t have any of that. And they were told to take a cosmic hike – and they did – at our request, except for a few isolated continuing contacts with key individual contactees. The ET’s gave up on our institutions, and our institutions gave up on them, there was to be no marriage without undesired revolution.

Part of ARC Echelon rejection of the ET agents of our historical Messiahs – who were after all good and true and spiritually divine human beings, leaves the populace without without a primer for things to come. So ET is picking up the slack by increasing covert contacts, and there are a quite of few ET visitation joyrides going on too. Our zoo is a hot ticket. Without a primer we are left to to our own wits and conditioning.

And guess what?

Plenty of alliances have come along who were not the Messianic connected ET’s and also claim involvement in our world, one way or another, usually more remote, but still associated somehow. The plot thickened, especially as some of these ET’s turned out to be rather fallen angels of a kind. Faustain bargains had been much more easily made with less caring ET’s by our institutions than with the more caring ETs. This means the institutions were left with a messy problem, and until they figured it out, and could wiggle out of certain Faustian bargains, humanity was to be left without a clue.

So the feedback response system is modified to compensate.

Humanity is exercising it’s own trim-tab compensation by receiving

  1. messages from itself in the future as precognition and dreams

  2. messages from itself from the future, as time travelers, both machine and humanoid, coming back

  3. messages telepathically from ET’s in the present, and most importantly

  4. messages directly from the original creator God and his once Earthly Messiahs, now operating as relay authentic bridges for humanity to God in these times

The status quo in the institutions, on the other hand, are, respectively:

  1. trying to downplay the dreams and precognitions are millennial madness

  2. making sure to debunk the entire field of channelers as nutcase cults

  3. making sure to debunk the entire field of Ufology as disreputable snake oil salesmen

  4. trying to reinforce peoples allegiance to the organized institutional forms of religion and science

This is the result of the actions of the Echelon elements in secession mode.

The few elements in lower Echelons that have realized the monumental mistakes they have made still don’t want to turn over authority to any genuine human contactee! They want to instead attempt to go straight to the source. This is the reason for all the secret society worship of the Gods of ancient Egypt and the reason again, for the coming festivities being attended by representatives of all the secret societies.

But the fact still remains, regardless of the noble attempts to adjust the game through the types like Joe Firmage, without a primer that requires more institutional dressing down to see the whole truth, most of humanity could rush to judgment – into a premature friend or foe determination – and get caught up in mistaken identity turmoil. This is why there are so many above top secret fake apotheosis programs in a box. They can only get away with all of this as long as we are still under basic embargo and quarantine as a planet.

It all depends if we can:

  1. keep the ET lid on, and

  2. keep the worldly natural catastrophe curve in check, or adapt fast enough to changes in the sun, for example and

  3. keep ourselves from killing ourselves off with human conflict triggered NCBW in the next 12 years,

All without without absolutely needing ET help to survive and not go extinct, we could pass through this momentum time at the end of ‘normal’ history and not have to scientifically confront the existence of alien life for almost another century.

Now wouldn’t that be nice?

Don’t worry, the abductions will all soon be over, for the most part. Besides you were just giving and getting some help. Once in a while there are a few demonic abductors running around, but that is kept in check. Every abduction event is monitored by Echelon authorities. Every ET tagged party is an Echelon tagged party. Yet, remember, human free will is still the most powerful element in the mix. You only get abducted because as a soul you agreed to it before you were born.

There is a God who exists as a non-physical creator beyond this universe, of which entities in different ET’s civilizations either love or hate, or listen to or turn a deaf ear to, depending on how much their ‘fallen’ factor is operative. Certain Vedic saints, Abraham, Moses, Jesus Christ, and Mohammed, and recently even Joseph Smith, prime examples amongst many, were all contacted by rather benevolent angel ET’s, as judged by the quality of the teachings they have promulgated.

Our institutions have recently rejected the right heavenly hosts. They left the rest of us to fend for ourselves, while they secure potential divine secessionary escape routes, or just Mexican stand-off hold-offs. This all means, good and bad ET, angelic and demonic ET, of different ilks can now covertly contact humanity on a telepathic basis, at the least, IF individual humanity ‘asks’ for it, and get a response, depending on the degree of pattern match. Negative people naturally attract similarly predisposed ET’s, and so on.

Our institutions have failed the tests and given into the devil’s temptations. The Sirian-Egyptian connection correlates to a coordinate in the heavens that highest Echelon knows the door to ‘heaven’ is. Certain Egypto-Masonic ASC Echelon types want to negotiate their own exclusive relationship with divinity, and bypass the truly ‘holy-host’ ET’s who reject their all too human power and control games. If we don’t watch it, these idiots will try to drag the rest of humanity along with them into Faustian bargain oblivion.

The only assured response strategy options are:

  1. Allow the whole thing blow over through the continued disenfranchisement of Ufology from science and religion, as ARC elements have planned and executed for fifty years, (and hope no massive new UFO religion springs up that would make things like Scientology and even Mormanism look like small stuff). Let the UFO age die-off, by forcing the ET’s away through a threatened scorched globe policy.

  2. Allow the whole thing gradually take hold socially through the personal domain of direct ET to person contact (and yes direct God to person contact) going on, physically, telepathically, symbolically, spiritually. And hopefully all the while try to marry science and religion back together in a way that allows these hallowed institutions to survive. But the bigoted radical cynical scientific rationalism cultists, and the bigoted radical optimistic religious mysticism cultists, will both have to eventually give it up. And as we all know, that will not happen without a fight.

This is why ET is denied the welcome mat on Earth and the No-Vacancy signs are on in the mainstream sense. We need time to just make it go away, or to prepare ourselves for eventual radical cultural adjustment.

Either way, ET is NOT really the issue we need to figure out anymore, even if more than half the ARC Echelon folks are still sweating it, and the abductees are tired of it.

The ONLY issue of genuine import is how our hidden human potential for divine spirituality can dovetail with the coming big wave of cosmic events and ‘energies’ over the next years so we can make the best out of it, and yes, save our own souls, and our world, with the help of God and/or Goddess.

That is the ONLY question that is relevant to be answered. Everything else turns out to be a grand distraction.

But remember Heaven’s Gate. The leader of Falun Gong, Master Li, believes evil ET’s recently seeded human civilization with technology and computers as a covert invasion plan. These evil ET’s worship technology and science like a religion, to the exclusion of higher dimensions. Drunvalo Mechelzidek holds that technology is the result of a Luciferian rebellion. The environmental crisis has stirred a contemporary “modern age” Luddite backlash against insensitive irresponsible science, commerce and industry.

The Unabomber Manifesto. Earthfirst. Back to nature worship and “superstition”.

The backlash against science is just beginning unless science stops worshipping the separation of the observer from the observed as a means to operate with impunity, and derisively dismisses claims that involve the observer. Science is actually on the way to committing suicide. But in radically responding to the problem as a turf war for souls, so will religion.

Don’t wait for your institutions to get it together for you. Common humanity may have to stand elitist management for decade or so until the inevitable happens. The inevitable is human apotheosis for the masses as a direct link between human and God and Goddess, and without ET necessarily consciously involved, and without human institutions moderating. And that scares our hallowed institutions of science and religion, our institutions of commerce and politics, it scares them all half to death. No wonder.

Mommy Goddess and Daddy God are coming into direct contact with us in a new radical fashion – not as physical ET’s like the government or evil ET’s would have us believe, but as personalized loving, forgiving and powerful spiritual energies and entities from beyond this physical universe. They are returning, big time, in non-physical terms, to re-connect and co-create with their original soul substance in this universe, located in, guess what – human hearts.

This Human-Spiritual heart reconnection is feared by the ‘fallen’ Luciferians mindsets – their game is up. Because once the true reconnection happens, it makes individual human beings hundreds of times more powerful than our high yield hydrogen bombs, in terms of potential spiritual influence. Remember the power of our historical Messiahs? They did not show what they were really capable of, despite the wonders they did demonstrate.

And remember how all Messiahs claimed that any human was capable of the same as they?

It was all only ever about growing love in the human heart. It was about growing the capacity for caring and intimacy, the incorruptible means for humanity not falling this time for well laid traps. The alien-human alliance engineered fail-safe awareness traps on the human evolutionary experiment. And they work.

The ET’s just hope we humans as a whole species learn our lessons before we get so much power. Since most of us wouldn’t trust anyone we know with too much power, and treat other species on our planet like chattel without feelings, that ought to help explain to you why ET’s have us under a form of embargo and quarantine. We humans foam at the mouth after all without any help at all from ET races.

Now see?

You didn’t need to read all this blathering gibberish after all. We warned you.

As William Shatner once said to the stunned crestfallen trekkies at a Star Trek convention, “Get a life”!


Grey Wolf on Healing Thought Forms

We are on vacation so not so many postings in this month, but something will be posted:

Grey Wolf on Healing Thought Forms

[Ediotr’s Note: Grey Wolf sent a new article on Feb. 18, 2007 discussing the power of positive-intent thought forms. You’ll find his latest article linked at the end of this article on healing thought forms…Ken]

By Grey Wolf <lozen@coolindian.com>
March 15, 2006

Grey Wolf on Healing Thought Forms (March 15, 2006)

Dear Ken,

I had no idea there were people making HHgs, Cloudbusters, and this other stuff. Gee. I’ve been doing this work for years, using feeling forms. I’m not the only one, even on the Web, one sees people using thought forms, or feeling forms, of HHg’s and similar devices. Don Croft can reach anywhere in this Universe, simply by imagining himself there, and then putting a feeling form HHg in place. Why not make an HHg the size of the great pyramid?

And by way, he complains about people removing his HHg’s; the physical one might have been removed, but the local devas [earth elementals] still have the feeling form, and are using it. Why not seed 100,000 HHg’s on a particular site, in say all 12 dimensions? Let’s talk about this.

I won’t say feeling forms are as good as physical HHg’s, they’re only around 80% as effective. If you ask for angelic help, though, they are even more effective than the physical ones. Remember, angels, devas, and so on, are starving for better feeling forms to work with than what the mass media puts out.

For Healing Communities Using Chi Modulation
Remember that Chi, which can be seen as brilliant white light, welcomes good intentions. Chi is the ether, the force.

1. Breathe deeply 4 times, relax into your soul. Be at peace.

2. Pick your target- a Medicine Wheel, whether physical or existing only in your imagination, can function as a very nice capacitor, however most any target will do. Obviously targets full of bad energy are also good. Remember that the local devas are sick with the bad energy, and they are starving for your healing energy. If you have good intentions, you won’t be able to make mistakes.

3. You could make or notice a VISUAL image. This might be healing energy, or brilliant light, or whatever visual image turns you on emotionally. If it’s fun, you are doing it right.

4. You could make or listen for an AUDITORY sound. Angelic choirs, the sound of wind in the trees, a G Major chord, whatever sound feels healing to you.

5. You could feel, or make, a KINESTHETIC, or feeling, image. You could imagine what it feels like to be a little child, entranced with the wonder of the Universe. Consider times in your life when you felt on top of the world, when everything felt right, and in harmony. Feel those feelings again. Use some sort of marker, like perhaps putting your thumb and forefinger together, so that you can “trigger” these feelings at will.

6. You could add or notice an olfactory image, such as the smell of beautiful flowers. This might sound involved, looking at the printed text, but relax! Allowing healing energy to flow through you is the most natural thing in the world. Consider a time in your life when you really felt love flowing through your heart: there wasn’t any effort involved, really. You are just “allowing” a flow. The energy already exists; all you have to do is give it focus. “Efforting” is a left brain activity. This method comes from the right brain, the 90% of capacity not normally used.

Consider your target. To start, you could just use the Kinesthetic, the Feeling, image. Feel and know that healing energy is flowing into your target. When it feels right, add another sense, perhaps the Visual, and later the Auditory. Practice as regularly as you can. People who do this regularly note that it sometimes will go on automatic, i.e. as soon as you express the intention, and sometimes even before, the energy just starts, as if an invisible hand turned on a hose. Just let this happen. It is natural. The FEELING is the most important of the 3 major senses. If you do nothing else, do that one, and you’ll get the majority of the effect.

Healing Vortex
If you want to go further, you can create a healing vortex. Relax, clear your mind, and find a place where you won’t be disturbed. Well you could do this even under high stress, and I have, but when starting, it’s easier in a quiet place. Center yourself spiritually and have fun with this. The creator put fun on the planet to mark out correct solutions. If what you’re doing isn’t fun, there is a problem that needs fixing.

Rub your hands together vigorously. Now, not only visualizing, but also FEELING it (the feeling is the more important), feel a clockwise vortex, just like a tornado or the vortex that’s created when you let the water out of the bathtub, to form, perhaps 6″ tall. Healing energy naturally forms the right way, you don’t have to push or worry. I prefer to have it of brilliant, iridescent, opalescent light, but that is my preference. Do whatever feels right. Give it purpose with the clearest possible intention that you can- a 24/7 “faucet” pouring healing energy into an area is good.

If you remember the movie Star Wars, you can use the Force, which is chi, to learn, to heal, and to defend, but never to attack. Your role is to make a clear intention. Do NOT use your own energy, let energy- the Chi- flow from the Universe through you into what you are doing. When the intention is complete, ask your concept of Deity, or the Universe, or whatever your image of that which is much larger than you, to energize it, to make it bigger, and so on. If you study Chaos Theory, you have created a pattern, and this pattern becomes a self-similarity to something much larger. Everything is connected– even very small effects affect the whole, significantly. In a system, the web of relationships is far more important than the physical elements. What you are doing is improving the communication, the energy flow, the “web”, in a very powerful way.

Lock the vortex in place. You could just see it being locked down, or do whatever feels right to have it set in place, and harmonizing with what is already there. It can be helpful to ground this vortex in something physical, such as a Medicine Wheel. Now give it the rest of its 4 legs– a lifetime, i.e. a date when it will cease to exist, and a name. So it has an intention, a location, a lifetime, and a name. Choose a name that no-one else would guess, or let your subconscious assign one. You can use contingent lifetimes, e.g. it will work as long as x is in existence.

Now this sounds very simple. It is simple. You don’t need anything more than what you see here. When I was a kid, I was told in school that we used 5-10% of our brains. I wanted to get into the 90%. You must come from your heart for this kind of work. This kind of work has little to do with the head. It’s best if you do this out of a “love for people”, for your planet, and for all that is. Climb as much out of your head, and out of your small self, as you can. “Debunkers” and scientists have no understanding of these methods and they are not receptive to any discussion about them. It is best to respect their restrictive belief systems, and simply to avoid discussing anything along these lines with them. They have their own path; respect that. You have yours.

Results are the only report card. Try to keep notes on when and where you put energy forms like this. I have personally gotten results far beyond my expectations; staggering results that delighted me and were beyond what I believed possible. The interesting thing is that, somehow, all the good things happen as if they would have happened anyway. You won’t see the feedback unless you actively look. People who live in their heads, who associate you with the incredible things that result from your use of these methods, will assume that you have some exotic ability that can’t be duplicated. And it can’t, at least not in their belief systems. It is best to keep a low profile. There is no reason to publicize your use of energy methods (and try not to have too much fun).

Angelic Optimization
You have a team of angels around you, whether you know it or not. Ask them to optimize structure and performance, and they will. I have found some incredible characteristics in angelically optimized feeling forms. As for counter-measures, feeling forms can only be countered by someone of at least your spiritual level. If you have angelic optimization, they can only be countered by someone at a level equal to that of angels. You can set up contingent mines, for example, and if something happens, an explosion of white light occurs. Your feeling forms can replicate, virally, if you want, even developing new abilities in a particular area. By way, there are people offering feeling forms of Slim Spurling‘ s devices, to local devas, and they are at least 80% as effective as the physical device.

I like offering a thought form of platonic solids formed of Spurling devices. The devas act like little kids at Christmas time with stuff like that. Mad Scientist size devices are also popular. I installed a 20 story high Harmonizer in my city, with angelic enhancement. I find that 2 meter tall Bugs Bunny feeling forms passing out harmonizers work well, also.

“Grokking” is a useful sense to use in your energy work. The term was coined by Robert A. Heinlein, in his book Stranger in a Strange Land. The sense is discussed in Serge King’s book Urban Shaman. Basic grokking is easy. Put your total awareness on your right hand. Be totally aware of your hand- any pulsation, the bounds, where the hand stops, etc.. Sometimes you might even feel a tingling. Now do the same for your big toe. Now wiggle your big toe. Now expand your awareness to the room you are in. Feel its bounds.

No thinking or “efforting” necessary, just feel it, like a little kid excitedly exploring something new. Wiggle the room a little. Feel its boundaries and what is in it. Now, feel your community in the same way. You can feel areas of health, and dis-ease. I used to have to drive through Hell’s Kitchen, in Brooklyn, and I literally felt as if I’d been punched in the gut. Of course, I made some shifts. In a national park, I’m in heaven.

Before lightning can ever strike, a charged path of electrons is set up- one reaches down from the clouds and the other reaches up from the earth. This occurs several minutes before a lightning strike, and is the reason your hair stands up on end just before a strike. When the path is complete, lightning can come down the path, and an arc also reaches up from the earth. In precisely the same way, as you can prove to yourself via grokking, “energy paths” are set up in communities, both positive and negative.

Before any violent crime can occur, a path is laid out, resentment, anger, whatever. This is NOT a metaphor, I literally feel this. This is true for both negative and positive activities. Rupert Sheldrake discusses this as morphogenetic field. Here’s the kicker: you can clear the negative energy paths.

There are several methods.

1. You can fill them up from inside, like water in a pipe, and expand and break them.

2. You can “flame” them using elemental fire.

3. You can ask angels to clear them, from your heart, with the total faith of a child.

4. You can “tear” them loose from the fabric of a community, as you would rip out the framing of a house. Tapeworms and other internal parasites- and these low grade pathways- are “trash feeders”, a clear indication of poor health and diet and attitude. Improve the diet, attitude, and health, and the parasites are automatically expelled. It’s the same way with criminals and violent people; they are ‘trash feeders’. Elemental fire is summoned by using visual image of spectral red, auditory of “shhhhhhh”, and kinesthetic of hot and dry, like a blast furnace. If you only do one, do the kinesthetic. The Archangel Michael is the fire angel. Always cool off with water after using fire, the keys are sea blue or blue green, mmmmmmmm, and cold and wet, like a blast freezer. The related Archangel is Gabrielle.

You don’t have to use energy work– you can let plants do it for you, as noted in the Lafitte Beautification and Garden Club story, on p. 47, titled “50 Ways to Help Your Community” (by Steve and Sharon Fiffer -publ Doubleday, NY, 1994, ISBN 0-385-47234-X). Community gardening properly done, summons the chi energy, as well. If you talk to your plants, and sell them on improving the chi flow in the area, they will do the job even better. A little lilac flame does wonders for them, also.

Yes, people may still have the negative habits, and they may repave the energy paths, but it is a lot more work to lay down new road, than to maintain what is already there. You have put an “energy wall” to negativity. You can feed energy through a Hara point, and that is great, and it works fine. This also works for me. One of the major problems of energy techniques is that you rarely get feedback. The good things that happen just seem like they would have happened anyway. Well, that’s a frustration. It just is.

It is fun to play with shapes. For example, Claude Bristol’s book The Magic of Believing notes that surrounding yourself, your house, your family with a radiant white circle, in your imagination, is very protective. Actually, in a chi sense, this surrounds them with an infinitely high column of light. You can use any of the Platonic solids.

Energy work is basically allowing positive energy to pour in, which is cool. There is an inverse, which is keeping negative energy out. You can put up an “energy wall”, a thought form, more precisely a “feeling form”, wall. Work with a friend who knows how to use a dowsing rod, or an L-rod. Make a pyramid, or a globe, or a cube, about 2 feet in diameter, on a table, and ask them to dowse its shape. This is just a test in an area that is hard to get feedback on. I put up a filter, at all entrances where I work, that would filter out all bad energy. Basically, to do it, get out of your head and into your feelings. Let the shape flow out of your heart, into the site, and “lock” it into place so it won’t wander. Give it its purpose– say, “to filter out all bad energy”, and a lifetime, say 50 years. You can put a sphere of white light around it to protect it from others, to keep it from being altered, or seal it some other way. You can make it like a Slim Spurling coil, so all the bad energy is rendered good. Chinese Feng Shui has some really neat similar ideas, too. Following are some other examples.

Feeling Form Walls
A past president of the American Society of Dowsers built an electric fence feeling form to keep his dog from chasing deer, and it worked just fine. He also puts feeling form walls around his farm to keep hunters or anyone with ill intent from even being aware of it. During deer season (he just can’t hunt deer, they are too beautiful to shoot), he calls the deer to take shelter on his farm, and his farm is crowded with them. How does he call the deer? Well, he goes into his backyard, and speaks out loud, as if all the deer in a 30 mile radius could hear him, and tells them they are safe in his farm, if they want. Yes, it works. I find that if I treat the xerox machine at work lovingly, it jams a lot less.

He built a feeling form to keep fleas and ticks away from his lawn. They bothered him a lot before, but now they are absent, at least from the mowed areas that he asked them to stay out of. He won’t kill them, they have a right to exist, but boundaries are reasonable. One can also do the Findhorn thing of seeking out the ruler of the animals, and asking them to keep animals away. He worked with a woman whose resort was doing badly. He made her Yellow Pages ad flash, with a thoughtform, and built a huge thoughtform sign, flashing, searchlights, etc., near it. (Signs don’t work with animals, they can’t read). He locked down a pyramid thoughtform of prosperity with 4 quartz crystals to the four directions over her resort. She soon had more business than she’d ever had. He is doing research on cleaning up groundwater pollution with energy work in his Ozark Research Institute, in Arkansas.

He says he builds his energy forms with love in his heart, that he starts in the center with powerful energy and lets it grow outwards to the boundaries he wants. Another dowser has built energy form walls to cover a door, that are permeable from the outside in but not the inside out, to keep her cat indoors (an energy wall is more flexible than its physical counterpart). I have also built energy form constructs to transmute bad energy. When I visited the Vietnam War memorial, I felt a lot of grief, just sitting with nowhere to go. So I set up a transmuter vortex there, that would transmute the energy into really nice energy, and pump it into depressed areas of Washington, DC. Machaelle Small Wright has done similar work, as cited in her first Garden workbook, at the Gettysburg, PA battlefield national park. See, battlefields have a lot of really bad energy, but it can be cleared.

Focused Intent
When you work with angels, it helps to have a very clear intention, and to simply let the angels use the Chi energy in your attention to bring it about. How do you do that? Simply focus on your intention, and invite them in. Angels can’t help you much if you don’t request it. So, make a standing request for help. In fact, you might want to make a standing request for angelic help all over the planet.

Dr. Joseph Jochmans notes that, for those that want to go further, angels of place, and angels of design (nature spirits and devas, in Findhorn/Machaelle Small Wright terminology) have a very strong impulse to create beauty, but they need human cooperation. Every entity brings its own unique energy to creation, and for humans, it’s a kind of lilac light, light purple light. You give even just a spark of that flame to the local angels of place, and they will blow it up into a large flame, to clear out bad energy. See, they don’t like keeping slums and garbage in form, they prefer beauty, but they have no choice, due to the pre-creation contract, if humans don’t work with them. I can feel a great sigh of relief when I offer purple light to a troubled area, and I can do it in a 10 mile swath when I’m driving through a bad area. It is very helpful to give intent, to the angels of place; I usually just ask them to create unique beauty, whatever is most in harmony with local conditions. I was at a polluted site in nature, called by some the Medicine Waters, before I understood the above methods. All I knew to do was offer a lilac flame to the local deva. See, each class of creatures brings its own unique energy to creation, and that’s ours. The Devas don’t have that. However, if you offer the tiniest spark, they can whip it up into a big flame. A group spontaneously formed to clean up that place in nature, within 6 months.

Do you have to use energy techniques? Well, no, you can do it purely through efforts in the flesh, in the material world. It’s just harder. I find that using energy, and doing nothing in the physical world, is not as effective as I would like. Beauty is a nutrient. Beauty is food for the soul. I want to create healing beauty everywhere I go. This is a great cheap way to do that.

You feed your energy into the Hara point of a community, and suddenly realize… that a hara point is on something that is alive. Your community is a living entity and giving it good energy is kind of like giving a kid something really cool. You can almost feel it stirring in excitement. Yitzhak Bentov discusses this in his books Stalking the Wild Pendulum, and A Cosmic Book. It doesn’t matter if any of these books didn’t exist. If you just sit in Nature (in fact if you just sit in your apartment) and ask questions, and be open, you’ll find yourself downloading techniques via direct revelation. This is nothing new to humans, and it’s getting easier and easier, even with the towers and mass media. By the way, the towers and mass media are signs of desperation.

Look at 1500’s art. You see the “genius” of a city portrayed. This is a metaphorical symbol of the living soul of a city. This is not a new concept at all. You can’t speak to the east wind, but you can speak with Zephyr. The direction South, on the medicine wheel, is associated usually with noon, with summer, with the color red, the element of fire, the archangel Michael, and wherever your center is. There are guardians at the 4 directions that you can talk to, if you wish. Talk to them. Get ideas on how you can heal your community. You won’t get English, you will get “awareness capsules”, which download as feelings, which you can usually get as words, though the feelings are purer. Machaelle Small Wright and the Findhorn people talk about this, in several books. Richard Leviton is doing some fascinating work in this field, as in his book, The Emerald Modem. He began his work along these lines with a visit to Glastonbury, England, where the angel or spirit of that place spoke to him. It was a shock. He wasn’t expecting it.

Put a sphere of white light around you, to seal out energy you don’t need. Always test what you are getting, if you are picking up a strong desire to go shoot grandma or something, then you know you aren’t getting good energy. I know right away when I’m getting bad energy and have never had any trouble picking it out, from the first. If you feel your heart, you won’t either. It’s people in denial, who deny their feelings, who invoke bad energies. Remember, if it’s fun, you’re doing it right.

Dowsers at the American Society of Dowsers conferences note that by working with the local angels of place, that “veins” of groundwater can be cleared of pollutants. Ssuch “veins” can be redirected to fill a dry well, and so forth. I wonder what sort of technology we’ll see, when the ghost of the medieval idea of Roger Bacon- that one must torture nature’s secrets out of her- is finally laid to its long-overdue rest and we realize that creation in the material can be as much fun as making love? I work with wood in this way. I speak to the spirit of my table saw, and to the wood, and ask that we work together to create beauty, and my creations come out very nice.

Timelines, as defined by Tad James, in his The Secret of Creating your Future, and Timeline Therapy and the Structure of Personality, Tom Brown, Jr., as noted in his book Grandfather, Jose Silva, as in his Silva Mind Control, and even one of Sun Bear’s books, offer great potential for this work. It is a good thing to feed a community entity in the now. You can heal the trauma in your own past, and even work the timeline of a community, and heal the trauma in the community’s past timeline. This is easy enough to do because at any given moment we create both future and past. The future timeline is even more interesting. Basically, it is far less concrete than a past timeline, and shifts with major decisions. It is possible to plant a desired event on the future timeline, and to energize it, so it will come about, this is a Huna technique. Tom Brown, Jr.’s teacher told him of the timeline in this way- the now is the palm of your hand. The PROBABLE future is your thumb. There are, however, a number of possible futures, and he pointed to his fingers. Edgar Cayce noted that WWII was avoidable up to a certain point in the 1930’s, as one example.

In Chaos Theory, the beat of a butterfly’s wings outside your window literally- not metaphorically, literally- has an effect on the weather in Hong Kong. Things are that inter-connected. We live in a world of inter-being. It can be frustrating to deal with the inertia of the now. There is, however, another possibility. If you choose a future timeline that is possible, but not probable- I prefer to work with ideal futures- you can energize that future with these methods. This is not the same as weaving a desired event into a personal timeline, sort of like making reservations for a future trip. No, this is choosing an entirely new route.

Helping Others
I find that all spiritual methods work much better if there is a focus on the common good, on helping others and the “larger self” of humanity, the earth, and the cosmos. A purpose larger than self energizes plans well. I have found people using Fountain methods for ill purposes. Consider your high school geometry. 4/0 is… what? Undefined, because it is infinite. 4 over a million is a tiny number, but as the million approaches 1, and then 0, the number grows and grows, until it becomes infinite.

Consider an angle- you have rise over run. A horizontal angle has 0 rise over infinite run, so the answer is 0. A vertical line has infinite rise over 0. It is infinity- or undefined. Now, in Reichian energy work, among other places, healthy energy flow is vertical, in the body, and energy blocks are horizontal. What I have found is that those who do selfish things, things that cause harm intentionally to innocents, those who let the demons in their psychological shadow run unchecked, tend more and more towards the horizontal, that is, where they have less and less power. They may have an appeal to fear, but they are rarely very powerful. And the power they use is debilitating to them. However, the more one does to help others- small things, even, are extraordinarily effective. The more one does to be pleasant with others, to help where possible, the more one tends towards the vertical slope, and increased power and energy. I make this point because when you start “grokking” out possible futures, you will feel others doing the same thing, even people from the past and future, and they are not always full of love and light. Remember those Hieronymous Bosch paintings of angels kicking ass in the lower astral, angels are not all fluff either. It is important to remember that when you work with the divine will, you have far more power than the dark ones do, and once they understand that you know this, they will get out of your way. I find that if I run across such people, I just flame up with light, and love, and speak to the light inside them, however obscured, and they have a strong desire to get away as fast as they can, before the light breaks through the crust of darkness. Love can be a powerful weapon against such people. I radiate it through my heart, usually, with a feeling like white water rafting, like there is so much energy I can barely stand it.

Also, people who have done many bad things to intentionally cause harm to innocents have a major load of karma waiting for them, which I image sometimes as a great body of water behind a weak dam. If you flame up the light around these people, in fact if you just be positive, the dam weakens even more, and they have to concentrate on shoring it up, rather than bothering you. The dam in the second Lord of the Rings movie was just like what I have seen for 20 years. Some years ago, I ran across a 17 year old who was being bothered by an evil person, who was even haunting his dreams. I showed him a few things, and he had no more problems with that person. We have to remember that we are in a world of dualities, also. Evil people perform a service, associated with the lesson of choice. In this dimension, you have to have the opportunity to choose evil, for the choice for the light to matter.

The key point is that one can “grok” out a highly desirable future, however improbable, and energize it to increase its chances of fruition. When one does this, it is very important to pay attention to the voice of intuition- the tiniest things can have massive effects, way beyond what one might expect. Feedback, when it comes, is almost always below your level of awareness. Being aware of feedback often demands expanding awareness. Also, I’ve found I cannot dictate feedback, it comes in whatever form it comes in, and either I see it or I don’t. Also, it is particularly useful for this work to identify totally with one’s higher self, the “guardian angel”, your Self outside of the bounds of space and time, whatever you want to call it, and to move with the divine will. Remember that we have freedom of choice. It is still possible, as well as fun, to work within the divine will and to heal. It is as if the Creator gave us a piano, and we have the choice of creating beautiful music, raucous music, discordant notes, banging keys, playing underneath the piano, throwing it out, giving it away, or ignoring it. However, the general bias of the Universe is towards beauty, and awareness.

“Grok” out the most positive, ideal future you can. How? Well, start from the present, on your timeline, and expand your timeline to where it is your community’s timeline. Note the filaments of light leading into the future. Ask the QUESTION: “What is the most ideal path, the path where the Divine Will is best served, where people achieve all their dreams, effortlessly, playfully, lovingly, safely, easily, honestly, in a really beautiful way, that feels great?”

Once you formulate the question, one of the filaments of light will seem brighter, or sound better, or it will draw you along it. Go down the filament to whatever point has fruition for you. Now, look back. The goal is accomplished. What small things did you do to help bring this fruition about? Yes, I know, people do this from a left brain viewpoint, which is like using a funnel turned upside down. Do this from a heart-based, meditative, loving space, and you get much better answers. You may only get an awareness capsule. “Lock” this path in place, which you can do kinesthetically by feeling it lock, verbally by saying “This path is now locked”, or visually by whatever works for you. Tell your subconscious mind (give it a name, if you like- you will be getting more and more friendly with this fellow, as you clean out your psychological shadow with his/her help) that you want to be intuitively guided along this path in your life. Then return to the present, consciously, or withdraw your focus and let it happen.

Identify with your Higher Self, even just for a few minutes per day, so that you can get that high level energy to help. When I meditate, I feel as if it is a modem to God, and I download everything I need for the day. 10 minutes a day makes me feel like I’ve eaten a Thanksgiving dinner, but that’s probably because I have a lot more growing to do.

I have been taught conscious “grokking” in a seminar modelled on Silva Mind Control, through Avatar [www.starsedge.com], through Tom Brown’s school, and in several other places. The Avatar folks probably have the most conscious control of grokking, and their instruction is certainly more detailed than anybody else’s. The sense works best when you are in a quiet, relaxed place. Jean Houston’s book Mind Games has interesting exercises. It is easy to get hung up on techniques; I just let my heart guide me to what fascinates me, to what is fun.

If you doubt the need to do this work, “grok” out a lake, first, then an ocean, and then all water on the planet, and feel how it feels about all the pollutants being dumped into it. “Grok” the entire planet, especially during a nuclear test, if you want an eye-opener on pain. You can “grok” an individual atom, which is interesting, or any wave in the spectrum, or buildings, or communities, or anything you can name or define. “Grokking” concepts and emotions is very fascinating, also. Anything you “grok” can be shifted, or have healing energy added, or otherwise be calibrated. Grokking humans should be done by first asking permission– shamanic level, i.e. in light trance, is ok, you don’t have to ask at the physical level, though that’s better, and should be done only in alignment with the Divine Will, with respect and love, wishing good for all. You don’t have to follow these rules, but the price one pays for disregarding them is quite high. Let your intuition, your heart, guide you

You may ask what the effects of several people pulling towards an ideal future is. Well, remember we are limited in our senses to the sense of one person, in this dimension. So long as you work with the Divine Will, you are ok. All things ultimately work for good. Also, there is no failure, only experience. If this seems to “technique-y” for you, that’s fine- just recognize that you can bless communities not only in the now, but in their entire life cycle of existence. Mother Theresa pointed out the simplest energy technique of all, when she said, “Peace begins with a smile”. Love is a real and vital nutrient. Your energy work nourishes your community, and yourself.

Some people like to obsess about evil. If you are seeing shadow, it is because your back is to the light. I asked a woman who worked in a crummy job for 11 years how she could do that. She smiled like an elf, brightened at least 30 watts, and said: “Well, I just get more and more positive, and they either leave, or get positive! Evil people don’t want to be anywhere near me. I don’t have to do, think, or say anything. They just get up and go. I just have fun playing. In fact, I don’t think evil people can see anybody above a 600 on the Hawkins scale”.

Grey Wolf

Yes, you have my permission and encouragement to share this on your website. This is from a book I’m going to finish, entitled Feeling and Healing. All rights otherwise reserved, except that anyone who wants to share it for free with anyone else may do so anytime, so long as they share the whole piece. Please also share with Don Croft. And by way, tell him that the bad guys can’t bother him if he has no internal counterparts to them; if he asks angels to clear out his own beliefs, they will, and he won’t be bothered.


Defeating the Dark Side with Positive Intent Thoughtforms by Grey Wolf (Feb. 18, 2007)

Creation of Matter By Seth speaking through Jane Roberts (Oct. 8, 2006)


Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming: Equipment Frequently Used by Trainers

Here is some info about the equipment Illuminati trainers use:


Equipment Frequently Used by Trainers

It may help therapists to realize the equipment that trainers use. If their client describes these items, which may appear quite sophisticated, believe them. The cult has become quite technologically advanced.

Training room: the average training room is a neutral colored room, with walls painted either a dull gray, white, or beige. Some may be painted in various colors, as part of color coding. They are often located in secret underground rooms, or basements of large private residences, and will be entered from the main building through a covered doorway. Impromptu training rooms may be set up during military exercises outdoors, in covered canvas tents.

Trainers: the Illuminati have a rule: there must always be a minimum of two trainers working with a person. This prevents a trainer from being either too severe, or permissive, or developing too close a bond with the subject; the watchful eye of the other trainer prevents this. Younger trainers are paired with older, more experienced trainers. The older trainer will teach the younger, who does most of the actual work. If the younger is unable to finish a task, or loses heart, the older one will step in.

Head trainers: will teach, they will also work with the council leaders and hierarchy. All members are required to come in for a “tune up” (reinforcing programming), even top leaders, from time to time.

EEG machine: will often have abbreviated hookups for quick use. Used extensively with brain wave programming; also to verify that a certain alter is out when called up. May be used to verify deep trance state before initiating deep programming. Trainers are taught to read these readouts.

Trainer’s table: a large table, frequently steel covered with plastic, or easily cleaned material. On the sides at intervals are restraints for arms, legs, neck to prevent movement.

Trainer’s chair: large chair with arm rests. Will have restraints as above at intervals to restrain movement while person sits in chair.

Shock equipment: models and types are quite varied, depending on age and company. Most have a set of rubber covered wires, with electrodes that may be connected with Velcro, rubber (steel tips imbedded under finger and toe nail beds), or gel pads (larger body areas such as chest, arms, legs). Some are tiny electrodes, which can be taped next to eyes, or placed within genitalia. These are connected to the “shock box”, which has controls that can determine amount of electricity , and frequency, if interval shocks are desired.

Drugs: any number of opiates, barbiturates, hypnotics, sedatives, anesthetic agents. Resuscitative drugs, antidotes are also kept, clearly labeled and indexed. Many drugs, especially experimental ones, are only known by code names, such as “alphin 1”.

CPR equipment: in case person has adverse reaction to drugs or programming. At times, a child alter will come out inadvertently during a programming sequence, and will be overdosed with the drugs meant for adult alters. The trainers must give it the antidote, and resuscitate it, just as if a real child is out. They are well aware of this fact, and will severely punish child alters, to teach them to come out only when called out.

Virtually reality headsets: the keystone in recent years. Many programming sequences utilize holographic images, and virtual reality set ups, including assassination programs, where the person realistically “kills” another human
being. These virtual disks are far more advanced than those in video arcades.
Body building equipment: used in military training to increase fitness, lean body mass.

Steel instruments: used to insert into orifices, cause pain

Stretch machine: used as punishment, “stretches ” person without breaking bones. Extremely painful.

Trainer’s grids and projectors: used to project grids on wall or ceiling.

Movie projector: to show movies, although new VR disks are replacing these computer: collect and analyze data; keep computer grid on person’s system. Current military computer access codes will be used to download into governmental computers.

trainer’s journals: contain indexed copies of subject’s systems, including key alters, command codes, etc.

Comfort objects: used to comfort subject afterwards. May be toy or candy for child alters, or oils for massage. Warm towels, or beverages may be given, as the trainer “bonds with” and comforts person they worked with. This is probably the most important part of the training process, as the trainer explains calmly, kindly how well the person did, how proud they are of them.


Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming Part 15

And here it is, the final chapter with our info packet with the Illuminati:

Chapter Fifteen

Core splits, Denial programming, the last Five Steps of Discipline Virtual Reality Programming

Virtual reality programming (VR) is a form of programming that has become more and more widely used in the past few decades. It involves the person being placed in VR headsets and suit while a cult created VR disk is used to run the program. It can be used to create 3D and holographic images, and especially is useful in scripted programming, and target practice sequences for assassin training. Under hypnosis , the person will really believe they are in the scene.

Virtually any scenario can be recreated. Images to be “burned in” will be shown on the VR disk, and reinforced repetitively during the programming sequence. Some trainers feel it removes the element of “human error” in training, and use it quite extensively. VR programming, like any other programming, means going inside and finding out the distortions that were placed in the parts that went through the programming, allowing them to see how they were deceived, and dealing with the trauma associated with the programming.

Denial Programming:

Denial programming begins with the first experiences the infant goes through in life. The child has been horrendously wounded and traumatized, yet the next morning, the adults around him are acting normally, as if nothing had happened. They are modeling a lifestyle of denial for the infant and young child. This is reinforced later by the child being told:

“It was just a bad dream” (oh, how the child wants to believe this lie. It makes the pain less to think it didn’t really happen)

“It’s just your imagination; it isn’t really happening” (which is again embraced as an escape from the horror). Denial will also be fed by the adults around the child telling them that they will never be believed if they disclose. There will be set ups to teach the child what they see and hear, and to teach the child to trust outside adults to tell them their reality.

A typical set up will go like this:

The adult will hold an object such as an orange in their hand, and ask the young child, about age two or three, “what is this?”. The child will quickly respond, “oh, an orange!” The child will be shocked, and told, “no, it’s an apple.” The child will be confused, because what they are looking at is obviously an orange. It is the color orange, smells like an orange, looks like an orange. The question will be repeated. The child may answer again,” an orange,” and will be shocked again. Finally, the child, unsure and not wanting to be punished, will say, “an apple,” and be praised.

The purpose of this exercise is to teach the child to not trust their own reality, and look to outside adults or leaders to tell them what reality really is.

That is the basis of denial: the person learns to not trust their own reality, because of punishment and fear when they have spoken the truth.

Alters will be created as the child grows, whose purpose is to deny the cult abuse. If any leakage or breakthrough occurs, the denial alter’s job is to create a plausible explanation: it was a nightmare, a book the person read, a movie they saw, etc. These alters will read and quote literature that refutes SRA. THESE ALTERS OFTEN BELIEVE THAT THEY ARE SAVING THE LIFE OF THE SURVIVOR. They have been told that if the survivor remembers, and believes the abuse, the survivor will be killed, or the denial alter will be severely punished or shattered for not doing their job. These parts have a vested interest in their job: they believe their very existence and they body’s survival, depend upon them.


Arguing with a denial alter will not work, since they are not motivated by logic, but fear. A better approach is to ask them what they fear if the person remembers. This will open up the deception and lies that were ground in. They may be protecting the survivor from suicidal alters behind them, who are programmed to kick in if denial is broken through. Allowing them to vent their concerns, and enlisting the aid of helpers or cognitives who do not have suicidal or denial programming will help. Showing them reality in a gentle way, allowing them to “listen in” on others who share will go a long way.

Some denial is the natural consequence of self protection from the horrors of abuse; not all denial is programming. But if denial is constantly blocking therapy, and causing it to come to a complete standstill; if the person becomes highly suicidal every time denial is set aside briefly, then the possibility needs to be considered. Safety, inner cooperation, and patience will go a long way in decreasing denial. As denial backs down, you can expect an immense amount of grieving as the truth is realized. Denial protected the survivor from the horrendous pain of the truth, and should be let go of extremely slowly and cautiously, with plenty of support during the grieving stage.

Core splits

Core splits are intentional traumatic splits created from the core personality.

The core may be literally “splintered” by overwhelming psychological and physical/spiritual trauma. The trauma needed to create a core split must be very early and psychologically devastating. Fetal splits may occur, but they are rarely a core split; instead, the core creates an alter, but remains.

Core splits are done between the ages of 18 months and three years. Usually at least one parent or main caretaker is involved in the trauma, because this creates the psychological devastation necessary to split the core. Physical trauma alone rarely causes core splits. The torture is intense and prolonged, until the child collapses. It may be shocking, stretching, being hung in a high place, or a combination of several techniques. Being placed in “shock boxes”, or near drowning are also used.

The techniques that create core splits are also dangerous, since they can also cause autism if the child cannot endure the programming. When I was in the cult, I fought to stop core splitting because occasionally children were lost or the foundational personality was too weakened.

The core may split into two, three, or up to eight splits internally. Each split will be a piece of the “core child”. The original core will not resurface after splitting. These splits are used by cult trainers to be used as templates to create systems within the child. A core split, or a split from one, will be a strong alter, and can be re-split many times in the programming process, to create a multifaceted and diverse system within.


Core splits represent intense foundational trauma. They will be the basis for later systems, which may be completely dissociated from the split as time goes on. Work on core splits should go very slowly, and only late in the therapy process when there is immense intrasystem cooperation. The survivor will need every internal resource to deal with these traumas, and plenty of outside therapeutic support.

It may mean hospitalization unless the survivor can keep the trauma from emerging too quickly, and the therapist and survivor can go extremely slow.

Other, less dissociated systems and fragments should be integrated.

Acknowledging the abuse cognitively will be the first step in dealing with core trauma. Letting more dissociated parts grieve about “hearing about” what happened may come next. Allowing feelings near the core to come close, a little at a time, with helpers and internal nurturers offering support will help.

These feelings should be titrated, and looked at a little at a time. Splits may be different ages, and may need to express themselves in different ways.

There may be “dream programming”, a “fantasy world”, or other flight from reality surrounding the core splits, that protects them from contact with the outside world, which is perceived as brutal and cold. Parts may be completely disconnected from outside reality in an effort to buffer pain.

Slow, patient nurturing and reality orientation will help these tremendously traumatized parts begin to join outer reality. Some parts will always have been aware of what happened, but won’t care to join the outside world.

Patience, allowing them to vent, will help most.

Steps of Discipline

Step seven: Not caring

This step will take the child further into a perpetrator role. The child will be forced to hurt others and prove their ability to not care during the process.

Step eight: Time travel

The child will be taught spiritual principles of “traveling” both internally and externally, with set ups, role playing, and guided exercises reinforced with trauma. The goal will be to reach “enlightenment”, an ecstatic state of dissociation reached after severe trauma.

Steps nine, ten, eleven

These will involve programming that will vary according to the child’s future role in the cult. Sexual trauma, learning to dissociate and increase cognition, decrease feeling will be emphasized in these steps.

Step twelve: ceremony of becoming at age twelve to thirteen, the child will be formally inducted into the cult and their adult role in a ceremony of “coming of age”. They will prove this ability by performing the role/job they have been training for, to the satisfaction of the trainer and leaders; by undergoing a special induction ceremony. The ritual and ceremony will be held with other children of the same age, who are dressed in white and given a prize as acknowledgement that they have completed the basics of their training successfully.

They will continue to be abused, even as adults, but the major traumatization and creation of system templates will have occurred by this age. Future training will refine what was already placed in the child by this age, or build upon the foundation.


Grieving the abuse, acknowledging the feelings associated with undergoing the trauma will be important. It will be necessary to deal with perpetrator guilt, since by this time the child will be a perpetrator, and will have identified with the adult role models around them. This can be difficult to do, since perpetration will horrify the survivor when they remember this. Supporting the survivor, remaining non judgmental, and encouraging acceptance of these parts is important. Pointing out that at the time, they saw no other options available will help. Realizing that perpetrator alters saved the child’s life, and that they had no other way to act, especially originally, the first time, will need to be pointed out. The survivor may feel hostile towards, or reviled by perpetrator alters, but they are the expression of the abuse and limited choices they were allowed. Grieving being a perpetrator will take time and caring support by others.

The End